<!--page 3 -->
</pre>
-<a name="Contents" href="#Contents"><h2>Contents</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="Contents" href="#Contents">Contents</a></h2>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Foreword">Foreword</a>
<li><a href="#Introduction">Introduction</a>
<!--page 13 -->
</ul>
-<a name="Foreword" href="#Foreword"><h2>Foreword</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="Foreword" href="#Foreword">Foreword</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) and IEC (the International
Electrotechnical Commission) form the specialized system for worldwide
are also for information only.
<!--page 17 -->
-<a name="Introduction" href="#Introduction"><h2>Introduction</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="Introduction" href="#Introduction">Introduction</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
With the introduction of new devices and extended character sets, new features may be
added to this International Standard. Subclauses in the language and library clauses warn
-<a name="1" href="#1"><h2>1. Scope</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="1" href="#1">1. Scope</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This International Standard specifies the form and establishes the interpretation of
programs written in the C programming language.<sup><a href="#note1"><b>1)</b></a></sup> It specifies
data-processing systems. It is intended for use by implementors and programmers.
</small>
-<a name="2" href="#2"><h2>2. Normative references</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="2" href="#2">2. Normative references</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following referenced documents are indispensable for the application of this
document. For dated references, only the edition cited applies. For undated references,
designated IEC 559:1989).
<!--page 21 -->
-<a name="3" href="#3"><h2>3. Terms, definitions, and symbols</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="3" href="#3">3. Terms, definitions, and symbols</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
For the purposes of this International Standard, the following definitions apply. Other
terms are defined where they appear in italic type or on the left side of a syntax rule.
Standard are to be interpreted according to ISO/IEC 2382-1. Mathematical symbols not
defined in this International Standard are to be interpreted according to ISO 31-11.
-<a name="3.1" href="#3.1"><h3>3.1</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.1" href="#3.1">3.1</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- access
+<b> access</b><br>
<execution-time action> to read or modify the value of an object
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE 1 Where only one of these two actions is meant, ''read'' or ''modify'' is used.
NOTE 3 Expressions that are not evaluated do not access objects.
-<a name="3.2" href="#3.2"><h3>3.2</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.2" href="#3.2">3.2</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- alignment
+<b> alignment</b><br>
requirement that objects of a particular type be located on storage boundaries with
addresses that are particular multiples of a byte address
-<a name="3.3" href="#3.3"><h3>3.3</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.3" href="#3.3">3.3</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- argument
+<b> argument</b><br>
actual argument
actual parameter (deprecated)
expression in the comma-separated list bounded by the parentheses in a function call
expression, or a sequence of preprocessing tokens in the comma-separated list bounded
by the parentheses in a function-like macro invocation
-<a name="3.4" href="#3.4"><h3>3.4</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.4" href="#3.4">3.4</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- behavior
+<b> behavior</b><br>
external appearance or action
-<a name="3.4.1" href="#3.4.1"><h4>3.4.1</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.4.1" href="#3.4.1">3.4.1</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- implementation-defined behavior
+<b> implementation-defined behavior</b><br>
unspecified behavior where each implementation documents how the choice is made
<p><!--para 2 -->
EXAMPLE An example of implementation-defined behavior is the propagation of the high-order bit
when a signed integer is shifted right.
-<a name="3.4.2" href="#3.4.2"><h4>3.4.2</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.4.2" href="#3.4.2">3.4.2</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- locale-specific behavior
+<b> locale-specific behavior</b><br>
behavior that depends on local conventions of nationality, culture, and language that each
implementation documents
<!--page 22 -->
characters other than the 26 lowercase Latin letters.
-<a name="3.4.3" href="#3.4.3"><h4>3.4.3</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.4.3" href="#3.4.3">3.4.3</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- undefined behavior
+<b> undefined behavior</b><br>
behavior, upon use of a nonportable or erroneous program construct or of erroneous data,
for which this International Standard imposes no requirements
<p><!--para 2 -->
EXAMPLE An example of undefined behavior is the behavior on integer overflow.
-<a name="3.4.4" href="#3.4.4"><h4>3.4.4</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.4.4" href="#3.4.4">3.4.4</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- unspecified behavior
+<b> unspecified behavior</b><br>
use of an unspecified value, or other behavior where this International Standard provides
two or more possibilities and imposes no further requirements on which is chosen in any
instance
evaluated.
-<a name="3.5" href="#3.5"><h3>3.5</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.5" href="#3.5">3.5</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- bit
+<b> bit</b><br>
unit of data storage in the execution environment large enough to hold an object that may
have one of two values
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE It need not be possible to express the address of each individual bit of an object.
-<a name="3.6" href="#3.6"><h3>3.6</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.6" href="#3.6">3.6</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- byte
+<b> byte</b><br>
addressable unit of data storage large enough to hold any member of the basic character
set of the execution environment
<p><!--para 2 -->
bit.
-<a name="3.7" href="#3.7"><h3>3.7</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.7" href="#3.7">3.7</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- character
+<b> character</b><br>
<abstract> member of a set of elements used for the organization, control, or
representation of data
-<a name="3.7.1" href="#3.7.1"><h4>3.7.1</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.7.1" href="#3.7.1">3.7.1</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- character
+<b> character</b><br>
single-byte character
<C> bit representation that fits in a byte
<!--page 23 -->
-<a name="3.7.2" href="#3.7.2"><h4>3.7.2</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.7.2" href="#3.7.2">3.7.2</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- multibyte character
+<b> multibyte character</b><br>
sequence of one or more bytes representing a member of the extended character set of
either the source or the execution environment
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE The extended character set is a superset of the basic character set.
-<a name="3.7.3" href="#3.7.3"><h4>3.7.3</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.7.3" href="#3.7.3">3.7.3</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- wide character
+<b> wide character</b><br>
bit representation that fits in an object of type wchar_t, capable of representing any
character in the current locale
-<a name="3.8" href="#3.8"><h3>3.8</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.8" href="#3.8">3.8</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- constraint
+<b> constraint</b><br>
restriction, either syntactic or semantic, by which the exposition of language elements is
to be interpreted
-<a name="3.9" href="#3.9"><h3>3.9</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.9" href="#3.9">3.9</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- correctly rounded result
+<b> correctly rounded result</b><br>
representation in the result format that is nearest in value, subject to the current rounding
mode, to what the result would be given unlimited range and precision
-<a name="3.10" href="#3.10"><h3>3.10</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.10" href="#3.10">3.10</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- diagnostic message
+<b> diagnostic message</b><br>
message belonging to an implementation-defined subset of the implementation's message
output
-<a name="3.11" href="#3.11"><h3>3.11</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.11" href="#3.11">3.11</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- forward reference
+<b> forward reference</b><br>
reference to a later subclause of this International Standard that contains additional
information relevant to this subclause
-<a name="3.12" href="#3.12"><h3>3.12</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.12" href="#3.12">3.12</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- implementation
+<b> implementation</b><br>
particular set of software, running in a particular translation environment under particular
control options, that performs translation of programs for, and supports execution of
functions in, a particular execution environment
-<a name="3.13" href="#3.13"><h3>3.13</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.13" href="#3.13">3.13</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- implementation limit
+<b> implementation limit</b><br>
restriction imposed upon programs by the implementation
-<a name="3.14" href="#3.14"><h3>3.14</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.14" href="#3.14">3.14</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- memory location
+<b> memory location</b><br>
either an object of scalar type, or a maximal sequence of adjacent bit-fields all having
nonzero width
<!--page 24 -->
modified, but b and a, for example, can be.
-<a name="3.15" href="#3.15"><h3>3.15</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.15" href="#3.15">3.15</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- object
+<b> object</b><br>
region of data storage in the execution environment, the contents of which can represent
values
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE When referenced, an object may be interpreted as having a particular type; see <a href="#6.3.2.1">6.3.2.1</a>.
-<a name="3.16" href="#3.16"><h3>3.16</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.16" href="#3.16">3.16</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- parameter
+<b> parameter</b><br>
formal parameter
formal argument (deprecated)
object declared as part of a function declaration or definition that acquires a value on
entry to the function, or an identifier from the comma-separated list bounded by the
parentheses immediately following the macro name in a function-like macro definition
-<a name="3.17" href="#3.17"><h3>3.17</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.17" href="#3.17">3.17</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- recommended practice
+<b> recommended practice</b><br>
specification that is strongly recommended as being in keeping with the intent of the
standard, but that may be impractical for some implementations
-<a name="3.18" href="#3.18"><h3>3.18</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.18" href="#3.18">3.18</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- runtime-constraint
+<b> runtime-constraint</b><br>
requirement on a program when calling a library function
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE 1 Despite the similar terms, a runtime-constraint is not a kind of constraint as defined by <a href="#3.8">3.8</a>, and
constraints for a library function are not violated by the program; see <a href="#K.3.1.4">K.3.1.4</a>.
<!--page 25 -->
-<a name="3.19" href="#3.19"><h3>3.19</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.19" href="#3.19">3.19</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- value
+<b> value</b><br>
precise meaning of the contents of an object when interpreted as having a specific type
-<a name="3.19.1" href="#3.19.1"><h4>3.19.1</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.19.1" href="#3.19.1">3.19.1</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- implementation-defined value
+<b> implementation-defined value</b><br>
unspecified value where each implementation documents how the choice is made
-<a name="3.19.2" href="#3.19.2"><h4>3.19.2</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.19.2" href="#3.19.2">3.19.2</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- indeterminate value
+<b> indeterminate value</b><br>
either an unspecified value or a trap representation
-<a name="3.19.3" href="#3.19.3"><h4>3.19.3</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.19.3" href="#3.19.3">3.19.3</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- unspecified value
+<b> unspecified value</b><br>
valid value of the relevant type where this International Standard imposes no
requirements on which value is chosen in any instance
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE An unspecified value cannot be a trap representation.
-<a name="3.19.4" href="#3.19.4"><h4>3.19.4</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.19.4" href="#3.19.4">3.19.4</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- trap representation
+<b> trap representation</b><br>
an object representation that need not represent a value of the object type
-<a name="3.19.5" href="#3.19.5"><h4>3.19.5</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="3.19.5" href="#3.19.5">3.19.5</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- perform a trap
+<b> perform a trap</b><br>
interrupt execution of the program such that no further operations are performed
<p><!--para 2 -->
NOTE In this International Standard, when the word ''trap'' is not immediately followed by
representation might perform a trap but is not required to (see <a href="#6.2.6.1">6.2.6.1</a>).
</small>
-<a name="3.20" href="#3.20"><h3>3.20</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.20" href="#3.20">3.20</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- [^ x^]
+<b> [^ x^]</b><br>
ceiling of x: the least integer greater than or equal to x
<p><!--para 2 -->
EXAMPLE [^2.4^] is 3, [^-2.4^] is -2.
-<a name="3.21" href="#3.21"><h3>3.21</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="3.21" href="#3.21">3.21</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
- [_ x_]
+<b> [_ x_]</b><br>
floor of x: the greatest integer less than or equal to x
<p><!--para 2 -->
EXAMPLE [_2.4_] is 2, [_-2.4_] is -3.
<!--page 26 -->
-<a name="4" href="#4"><h2>4. Conformance</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="4" href="#4">4. Conformance</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In this International Standard, ''shall'' is to be interpreted as a requirement on an
implementation or on a program; conversely, ''shall not'' is to be interpreted as a
implementation.
</small>
-<a name="5" href="#5"><h2>5. Environment</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="5" href="#5">5. Environment</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An implementation translates C source files and executes C programs in two data-
processing-system environments, which will be called the translation environment and
<p><b> Forward references</b>: In this clause, only a few of many possible forward references
have been noted.
-<a name="5.1" href="#5.1"><h3>5.1 Conceptual models</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="5.1" href="#5.1">5.1 Conceptual models</a></h3>
-<a name="5.1.1" href="#5.1.1"><h4>5.1.1 Translation environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="5.1.1" href="#5.1.1">5.1.1 Translation environment</a></h4>
-<a name="5.1.1.1" href="#5.1.1.1"><h5>5.1.1.1 Program structure</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.1.1" href="#5.1.1.1">5.1.1.1 Program structure</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A C program need not all be translated at the same time. The text of the program is kept
in units called source files, (or preprocessing files) in this International Standard. A
<p><b> Forward references</b>: linkages of identifiers (<a href="#6.2.2">6.2.2</a>), external definitions (<a href="#6.9">6.9</a>),
preprocessing directives (<a href="#6.10">6.10</a>).
-<a name="5.1.1.2" href="#5.1.1.2"><h5>5.1.1.2 Translation phases</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.1.2" href="#5.1.1.2">5.1.1.2 Translation phases</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The precedence among the syntax rules of translation is specified by the following
phases.<sup><a href="#note6"><b>6)</b></a></sup>
character.
</small>
-<a name="5.1.1.3" href="#5.1.1.3"><h5>5.1.1.3 Diagnostics</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.1.3" href="#5.1.1.3">5.1.1.3 Diagnostics</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A conforming implementation shall produce at least one diagnostic message (identified in
an implementation-defined manner) if a preprocessing translation unit or translation unit
valid program is still correctly translated. It may also successfully translate an invalid program.
</small>
-<a name="5.1.2" href="#5.1.2"><h4>5.1.2 Execution environments</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="5.1.2" href="#5.1.2">5.1.2 Execution environments</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Two execution environments are defined: freestanding and hosted. In both cases,
program startup occurs when a designated C function is called by the execution
environment.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: storage durations of objects (<a href="#6.2.4">6.2.4</a>), initialization (<a href="#6.7.9">6.7.9</a>).
-<a name="5.1.2.1" href="#5.1.2.1"><h5>5.1.2.1 Freestanding environment</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.1" href="#5.1.2.1">5.1.2.1 Freestanding environment</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In a freestanding environment (in which C program execution may take place without any
benefit of an operating system), the name and type of the function called at program
The effect of program termination in a freestanding environment is implementation-
defined.
-<a name="5.1.2.2" href="#5.1.2.2"><h5>5.1.2.2 Hosted environment</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.2" href="#5.1.2.2">5.1.2.2 Hosted environment</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A hosted environment need not be provided, but shall conform to the following
specifications if present.
<!--page 31 -->
-<a name="5.1.2.2.1" href="#5.1.2.2.1"><h5>5.1.2.2.1 Program startup</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.2.1" href="#5.1.2.2.1">5.1.2.2.1 Program startup</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The function called at program startup is named main. The implementation declares no
prototype for this function. It shall be defined with a return type of int and with no
char ** argv, and so on.
</small>
-<a name="5.1.2.2.2" href="#5.1.2.2.2"><h5>5.1.2.2.2 Program execution</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.2.2" href="#5.1.2.2.2">5.1.2.2.2 Program execution</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In a hosted environment, a program may use all the functions, macros, type definitions,
and objects described in the library clause (clause 7).
<!--page 32 -->
-<a name="5.1.2.2.3" href="#5.1.2.2.3"><h5>5.1.2.2.3 Program termination</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.2.3" href="#5.1.2.2.3">5.1.2.2.3 Program termination</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If the return type of the main function is a type compatible with int, a return from the
initial call to the main function is equivalent to calling the exit function with the value
will have ended in the former case, even where they would not have in the latter.
</small>
-<a name="5.1.2.3" href="#5.1.2.3"><h5>5.1.2.3 Program execution</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.3" href="#5.1.2.3">5.1.2.3 Program execution</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The semantic descriptions in this International Standard describe the behavior of an
abstract machine in which issues of optimization are irrelevant.
cannot interleave, but can be executed in any order.
</small>
-<a name="5.1.2.4" href="#5.1.2.4"><h5>5.1.2.4 Multi-threaded executions and data races</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.1.2.4" href="#5.1.2.4">5.1.2.4 Multi-threaded executions and data races</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Under a hosted implementation, a program can have more than one thread of execution
(or thread) running concurrently. The execution of each thread proceeds as defined by
release/consume in place of release/acquire.
</small>
-<a name="5.2" href="#5.2"><h3>5.2 Environmental considerations</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="5.2" href="#5.2">5.2 Environmental considerations</a></h3>
-<a name="5.2.1" href="#5.2.1"><h4>5.2.1 Character sets</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="5.2.1" href="#5.2.1">5.2.1 Character sets</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Two sets of characters and their associated collating sequences shall be defined: the set in
which source files are written (the source character set), and the set interpreted in the
<p><b> Forward references</b>: universal character names (<a href="#6.4.3">6.4.3</a>), character constants (<a href="#6.4.4.4">6.4.4.4</a>),
preprocessing directives (<a href="#6.10">6.10</a>), string literals (<a href="#6.4.5">6.4.5</a>), comments (<a href="#6.4.9">6.4.9</a>), string (<a href="#7.1.1">7.1.1</a>).
-<a name="5.2.1.1" href="#5.2.1.1"><h5>5.2.1.1 Trigraph sequences</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.2.1.1" href="#5.2.1.1">5.2.1.1 Trigraph sequences</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Before any other processing takes place, each occurrence of one of the following
sequences of three characters (called trigraph sequences<sup><a href="#note17"><b>17)</b></a></sup>) is replaced with the
described in ISO/IEC 646, which is a subset of the seven-bit US ASCII code set.
</small>
-<a name="5.2.1.2" href="#5.2.1.2"><h5>5.2.1.2 Multibyte characters</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.2.1.2" href="#5.2.1.2">5.2.1.2 Multibyte characters</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The source character set may contain multibyte characters, used to represent members of
the extended character set. The execution character set may also contain multibyte
of a sequence of valid multibyte characters.
</ul>
-<a name="5.2.2" href="#5.2.2"><h4>5.2.2 Character display semantics</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="5.2.2" href="#5.2.2">5.2.2 Character display semantics</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The active position is that location on a display device where the next character output by
the fputc function would appear. The intent of writing a printing character (as defined
International Standard.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the isprint function (<a href="#7.4.1.8">7.4.1.8</a>), the fputc function (<a href="#7.21.7.3">7.21.7.3</a>).
-<a name="5.2.3" href="#5.2.3"><h4>5.2.3 Signals and interrupts</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="5.2.3" href="#5.2.3">5.2.3 Signals and interrupts</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Functions shall be implemented such that they may be interrupted at any time by a signal,
or may be called by a signal handler, or both, with no alteration to earlier, but still active,
image (the instructions that compose the executable representation of a function) on a
per-invocation basis.
-<a name="5.2.4" href="#5.2.4"><h4>5.2.4 Environmental limits</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="5.2.4" href="#5.2.4">5.2.4 Environmental limits</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Both the translation and execution environments constrain the implementation of
language translators and libraries. The following summarizes the language-related
environmental limits on a conforming implementation; the library-related limits are
discussed in clause 7.
-<a name="5.2.4.1" href="#5.2.4.1"><h5>5.2.4.1 Translation limits</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.2.4.1" href="#5.2.4.1">5.2.4.1 Translation limits</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The implementation shall be able to translate and execute at least one program that
contains at least one instance of every one of the following limits:<sup><a href="#note18"><b>18)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note19" href="#note19">19)</a> See ''future language directions'' (<a href="#6.11.3">6.11.3</a>).
</small>
-<a name="5.2.4.2" href="#5.2.4.2"><h5>5.2.4.2 Numerical limits</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.2.4.2" href="#5.2.4.2">5.2.4.2 Numerical limits</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An implementation is required to document all the limits specified in this subclause,
which are specified in the headers <a href="#7.10"><limits.h></a> and <a href="#7.7"><float.h></a>. Additional limits are
specified in <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a>.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: integer types <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a> (<a href="#7.20">7.20</a>).
-<a name="5.2.4.2.1" href="#5.2.4.2.1"><h5>5.2.4.2.1 Sizes of integer types <limits.h></h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.2.4.2.1" href="#5.2.4.2.1">5.2.4.2.1 Sizes of integer types <limits.h></a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The values given below shall be replaced by constant expressions suitable for use in #if
preprocessing directives. Moreover, except for CHAR_BIT and MB_LEN_MAX, the
<p><small><a name="note20" href="#note20">20)</a> See <a href="#6.2.5">6.2.5</a>.
</small>
-<a name="5.2.4.2.2" href="#5.2.4.2.2"><h5>5.2.4.2.2 Characteristics of floating types <float.h></h5></a>
+<h5><a name="5.2.4.2.2" href="#5.2.4.2.2">5.2.4.2.2 Characteristics of floating types <float.h></a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The characteristics of floating types are defined in terms of a model that describes a
representation of floating-point numbers and values that provide information about an
DBL_TRUE_MIN 1E-37
LDBL_TRUE_MIN 1E-37
</ul>
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 14 -->
Conversion from (at least) double to decimal with DECIMAL_DIG digits and back
should be the identity function.
limits are one less than shown here.
</small>
-<a name="6" href="#6"><h2>6. Language</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="6" href="#6">6. Language</a></h2>
-<a name="6.1" href="#6.1"><h3>6.1 Notation</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.1" href="#6.1">6.1 Notation</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In the syntax notation used in this clause, syntactic categories (nonterminals) are
indicated by italic type, and literal words and character set members (terminals) by bold
<p><!--para 3 -->
A summary of the language syntax is given in <a href="#A">annex A</a>.
-<a name="6.2" href="#6.2"><h3>6.2 Concepts</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.2" href="#6.2">6.2 Concepts</a></h3>
-<a name="6.2.1" href="#6.2.1"><h4>6.2.1 Scopes of identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.1" href="#6.2.1">6.2.1 Scopes of identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An identifier can denote an object; a function; a tag or a member of a structure, union, or
enumeration; a typedef name; a label name; a macro name; or a macro parameter. The
(<a href="#6.9.1">6.9.1</a>), identifiers (<a href="#6.4.2">6.4.2</a>), macro replacement (<a href="#6.10.3">6.10.3</a>), name spaces of identifiers (<a href="#6.2.3">6.2.3</a>),
source file inclusion (<a href="#6.10.2">6.10.2</a>), statements (<a href="#6.8">6.8</a>).
-<a name="6.2.2" href="#6.2.2"><h4>6.2.2 Linkages of identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.2" href="#6.2.2">6.2.2 Linkages of identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An identifier declared in different scopes or in the same scope more than once can be
made to refer to the same object or function by a process called linkage.<sup><a href="#note29"><b>29)</b></a></sup> There are
<p><small><a name="note31" href="#note31">31)</a> As specified in <a href="#6.2.1">6.2.1</a>, the later declaration might hide the prior declaration.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.3" href="#6.2.3"><h4>6.2.3 Name spaces of identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.3" href="#6.2.3">6.2.3 Name spaces of identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If more than one declaration of a particular identifier is visible at any point in a
translation unit, the syntactic context disambiguates uses that refer to different entities.
<p><small><a name="note32" href="#note32">32)</a> There is only one name space for tags even though three are possible.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.4" href="#6.2.4"><h4>6.2.4 Storage durations of objects</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.4" href="#6.2.4">6.2.4 Storage durations of objects</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An object has a storage duration that determines its lifetime. There are four storage
durations: static, thread, automatic, and allocated. Allocated storage is described in
<p><small><a name="note36" href="#note36">36)</a> The address of such an object is taken implicitly when an array member is accessed.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.5" href="#6.2.5"><h4>6.2.5 Types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.5" href="#6.2.5">6.2.5 Types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The meaning of a value stored in an object or returned by a function is determined by the
type of the expression used to access it. (An identifier declared to be an object is the
include the atomic types.
<p><!--para 28 -->
A pointer to void shall have the same representation and alignment requirements as a
- pointer to a character type.48) Similarly, pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of
+ pointer to a character type.<sup><a href="#note48"><b>48)</b></a></sup> Similarly, pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of
compatible types shall have the same representation and alignment requirements. All
pointers to structure types shall have the same representation and alignment requirements
as each other. All pointers to union types shall have the same representation and
arguments to functions, return values from functions, and members of unions.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.6" href="#6.2.6"><h4>6.2.6 Representations of types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.6" href="#6.2.6">6.2.6 Representations of types</a></h4>
-<a name="6.2.6.1" href="#6.2.6.1"><h5>6.2.6.1 General</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.2.6.1" href="#6.2.6.1">6.2.6.1 General</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The representations of all types are unspecified except as stated in this subclause.
<p><!--para 2 -->
on values of type T may distinguish between them.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.6.2" href="#6.2.6.2"><h5>6.2.6.2 Integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.2.6.2" href="#6.2.6.2">6.2.6.2 Integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
For unsigned integer types other than unsigned char, the bits of the object
representation shall be divided into two groups: value bits and padding bits (there need
bits.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.7" href="#6.2.7"><h4>6.2.7 Compatible type and composite type</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.7" href="#6.2.7">6.2.7 Compatible type and composite type</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Two types have compatible type if their types are the same. Additional rules for
determining whether two types are compatible are described in <a href="#6.7.2">6.7.2</a> for type specifiers,
<p><small><a name="note56" href="#note56">56)</a> As specified in <a href="#6.2.1">6.2.1</a>, the later declaration might hide the prior declaration.
</small>
-<a name="6.2.8" href="#6.2.8"><h4>6.2.8 Alignment of objects</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.2.8" href="#6.2.8">6.2.8 Alignment of objects</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Complete object types have alignment requirements which place restrictions on the
addresses at which objects of that type may be allocated. An alignment is an
alignment has been applied.
</small>
-<a name="6.3" href="#6.3"><h3>6.3 Conversions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.3" href="#6.3">6.3 Conversions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Several operators convert operand values from one type to another automatically. This
subclause specifies the result required from such an implicit conversion, as well as those
representation.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: cast operators (<a href="#6.5.4">6.5.4</a>).
-<a name="6.3.1" href="#6.3.1"><h4>6.3.1 Arithmetic operands</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.3.1" href="#6.3.1">6.3.1 Arithmetic operands</a></h4>
-<a name="6.3.1.1" href="#6.3.1.1"><h5>6.3.1.1 Boolean, characters, and integers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.1" href="#6.3.1.1">6.3.1.1 Boolean, characters, and integers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Every integer type has an integer conversion rank defined as follows:
<ul>
shift operators, as specified by their respective subclauses.
</small>
-<a name="6.3.1.2" href="#6.3.1.2"><h5>6.3.1.2 Boolean type</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.2" href="#6.3.1.2">6.3.1.2 Boolean type</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When any scalar value is converted to _Bool, the result is 0 if the value compares equal
to 0; otherwise, the result is 1.<sup><a href="#note59"><b>59)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note59" href="#note59">59)</a> NaNs do not compare equal to 0 and thus convert to 1.
</small>
-<a name="6.3.1.3" href="#6.3.1.3"><h5>6.3.1.3 Signed and unsigned integers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.3" href="#6.3.1.3">6.3.1.3 Signed and unsigned integers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a value with integer type is converted to another integer type other than _Bool, if
the value can be represented by the new type, it is unchanged.
<p><small><a name="note60" href="#note60">60)</a> The rules describe arithmetic on the mathematical value, not the value of a given type of expression.
</small>
-<a name="6.3.1.4" href="#6.3.1.4"><h5>6.3.1.4 Real floating and integer</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.4" href="#6.3.1.4">6.3.1.4 Real floating and integer</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a finite value of real floating type is converted to an integer type other than _Bool,
the fractional part is discarded (i.e., the value is truncated toward zero). If the value of
range of portable real floating values is (-1, Utype_MAX+1).
</small>
-<a name="6.3.1.5" href="#6.3.1.5"><h5>6.3.1.5 Real floating types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.5" href="#6.3.1.5">6.3.1.5 Real floating types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a value of real floating type is converted to a real floating type, if the value being
converted can be represented exactly in the new type, it is unchanged. If the value being
conversions (<a href="#6.3.1.8">6.3.1.8</a>, <a href="#6.8.6.4">6.8.6.4</a>) may be represented in greater precision and range than that
required by the new type.
-<a name="6.3.1.6" href="#6.3.1.6"><h5>6.3.1.6 Complex types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.6" href="#6.3.1.6">6.3.1.6 Complex types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a value of complex type is converted to another complex type, both the real and
imaginary parts follow the conversion rules for the corresponding real types.
-<a name="6.3.1.7" href="#6.3.1.7"><h5>6.3.1.7 Real and complex</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.7" href="#6.3.1.7">6.3.1.7 Real and complex</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a value of real type is converted to a complex type, the real part of the complex
result value is determined by the rules of conversion to the corresponding real type and
complex value is discarded and the value of the real part is converted according to the
conversion rules for the corresponding real type.
-<a name="6.3.1.8" href="#6.3.1.8"><h5>6.3.1.8 Usual arithmetic conversions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.1.8" href="#6.3.1.8">6.3.1.8 Usual arithmetic conversions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Many operators that expect operands of arithmetic type cause conversions and yield result
types in a similar way. The purpose is to determine a common real type for the operands
<p><small><a name="note63" href="#note63">63)</a> The cast and assignment operators are still required to remove extra range and precision.
</small>
-<a name="6.3.2" href="#6.3.2"><h4>6.3.2 Other operands</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.3.2" href="#6.3.2">6.3.2 Other operands</a></h4>
-<a name="6.3.2.1" href="#6.3.2.1"><h5>6.3.2.1 Lvalues, arrays, and function designators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.2.1" href="#6.3.2.1">6.3.2.1 Lvalues, arrays, and function designators</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An lvalue is an expression (with an object type other than void) that potentially
designates an object;<sup><a href="#note64"><b>64)</b></a></sup> if an lvalue does not designate an object when it is evaluated, the
designator and violates the constraint in <a href="#6.5.3.4">6.5.3.4</a>.
</small>
-<a name="6.3.2.2" href="#6.3.2.2"><h5>6.3.2.2 void</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.2.2" href="#6.3.2.2">6.3.2.2 void</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The (nonexistent) value of a void expression (an expression that has type void) shall not
be used in any way, and implicit or explicit conversions (except to void) shall not be
expression, its value or designator is discarded. (A void expression is evaluated for its
side effects.)
-<a name="6.3.2.3" href="#6.3.2.3"><h5>6.3.2.3 Pointers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.3.2.3" href="#6.3.2.3">6.3.2.3 Pointers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A pointer to void may be converted to or from a pointer to any object type. A pointer to
any object type may be converted to a pointer to void and back again; the result shall
correctly aligned for a pointer to type C.
</small>
-<a name="6.4" href="#6.4"><h3>6.4 Lexical elements</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.4" href="#6.4">6.4 Lexical elements</a></h3>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
occur in source files.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.1" href="#6.4.1"><h4>6.4.1 Keywords</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.1" href="#6.4.1">6.4.1 Keywords</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note70" href="#note70">70)</a> One possible specification for imaginary types appears in <a href="#G">annex G</a>.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.2" href="#6.4.2"><h4>6.4.2 Identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.2" href="#6.4.2">6.4.2 Identifiers</a></h4>
-<a name="6.4.2.1" href="#6.4.2.1"><h5>6.4.2.1 General</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.4.2.1" href="#6.4.2.1">6.4.2.1 General</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
When preprocessing tokens are converted to tokens during translation phase 7, if a
preprocessing token could be converted to either a keyword or an identifier, it is converted
to a keyword.
- Implementation limits
+<h6>Implementation limits</h6>
<p><!--para 5 -->
As discussed in <a href="#5.2.4.1">5.2.4.1</a>, an implementation may limit the number of significant initial
characters in an identifier; the limit for an external name (an identifier that has external
Extended characters may produce a long external identifier.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.2.2" href="#6.4.2.2"><h5>6.4.2.2 Predefined identifiers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.4.2.2" href="#6.4.2.2">6.4.2.2 Predefined identifiers</a></h5>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The identifier __func__ shall be implicitly declared by the translator as if,
identifier is explicitly declared using the name __func__, the behavior is undefined.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.3" href="#6.4.3"><h4>6.4.3 Universal character names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.3" href="#6.4.3">6.4.3 Universal character names</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note74" href="#note74">74)</a> Short identifiers for characters were first specified in ISO/IEC 10646-1/AMD9:1997.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.4" href="#6.4.4"><h4>6.4.4 Constants</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.4" href="#6.4.4">6.4.4 Constants</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
Each constant has a type, determined by its form and value, as detailed later.
-<a name="6.4.4.1" href="#6.4.4.1"><h5>6.4.4.1 Integer constants</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.4.4.1" href="#6.4.4.1">6.4.4.1 Integer constants</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 81 -->
its list and has no extended integer type, then the integer constant has no type.
<!--page 83 -->
-<a name="6.4.4.2" href="#6.4.4.2"><h5>6.4.4.2 Floating constants</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.4.4.2" href="#6.4.4.2">6.4.4.2 Floating constants</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 84 -->
conversion of a floating constant shall not raise an exceptional condition or a floating-
point exception at execution time. All floating constants of the same source form<sup><a href="#note75"><b>75)</b></a></sup> shall
convert to the same internal format with the same value.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 6 -->
The implementation should produce a diagnostic message if a hexadecimal constant
cannot be represented exactly in its evaluation format; the implementation should then
floating constants (see <a href="#7.22.1.3">7.22.1.3</a>).
</small>
-<a name="6.4.4.3" href="#6.4.4.3"><h5>6.4.4.3 Enumeration constants</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.4.4.3" href="#6.4.4.3">6.4.4.3 Enumeration constants</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: enumeration specifiers (<a href="#6.7.2.2">6.7.2.2</a>).
-<a name="6.4.4.4" href="#6.4.4.4"><h5>6.4.4.4 Character constants</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.4.4.4" href="#6.4.4.4">6.4.4.4 Character constants</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 86 -->
the result is not a token and a diagnostic is required. See ''future language directions'' (<a href="#6.11.4">6.11.4</a>).
</small>
-<a name="6.4.5" href="#6.4.5"><h4>6.4.5 String literals</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.5" href="#6.4.5">6.4.5 String literals</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
\0 escape sequence.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.6" href="#6.4.6"><h4>6.4.6 Punctuators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.6" href="#6.4.6">6.4.6 Punctuators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
interchanged.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.7" href="#6.4.7"><h4>6.4.7 Header names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.7" href="#6.4.7">6.4.7 Header names</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note82" href="#note82">82)</a> For an example of a header name preprocessing token used in a #pragma directive, see <a href="#6.10.9">6.10.9</a>.
</small>
-<a name="6.4.8" href="#6.4.8"><h4>6.4.8 Preprocessing numbers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.8" href="#6.4.8">6.4.8 Preprocessing numbers</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 93 -->
-<a name="6.4.9" href="#6.4.9"><h4>6.4.9 Comments</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.4.9" href="#6.4.9">6.4.9 Comments</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Except within a character constant, a string literal, or a comment, the characters /*
introduce a comment. The contents of such a comment are examined only to identify
<p><small><a name="note83" href="#note83">83)</a> Thus, /* ... */ comments do not nest.
</small>
-<a name="6.5" href="#6.5"><h3>6.5 Expressions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.5" href="#6.5">6.5 Expressions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An expression is a sequence of operators and operands that specifies computation of a
value, or that designates an object or a function, or that generates side effects, or that
documented.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.1" href="#6.5.1"><h4>6.5.1 Primary expressions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.1" href="#6.5.1">6.5.1 Primary expressions</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note91" href="#note91">91)</a> Thus, an undeclared identifier is a violation of the syntax.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.1.1" href="#6.5.1.1"><h5>6.5.1.1 Generic selection</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.1.1" href="#6.5.1.1">6.5.1.1 Generic selection</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
)(X)</pre>
-<a name="6.5.2" href="#6.5.2"><h4>6.5.2 Postfix operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.2" href="#6.5.2">6.5.2 Postfix operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 98 -->
assignment-expression
argument-expression-list , assignment-expression</pre>
-<a name="6.5.2.1" href="#6.5.2.1"><h5>6.5.2.1 Array subscripting</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.2.1" href="#6.5.2.1">6.5.2.1 Array subscripting</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
One of the expressions shall have type ''pointer to complete object type'', the other
<p><b> Forward references</b>: additive operators (<a href="#6.5.6">6.5.6</a>), address and indirection operators
(<a href="#6.5.3.2">6.5.3.2</a>), array declarators (<a href="#6.7.6.2">6.7.6.2</a>).
-<a name="6.5.2.2" href="#6.5.2.2"><h5>6.5.2.2 Function calls</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.2.2" href="#6.5.2.2">6.5.2.2 Function calls</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The expression that denotes the called function<sup><a href="#note92"><b>92)</b></a></sup> shall have type pointer to function
<p><small><a name="note94" href="#note94">94)</a> In other words, function executions do not ''interleave'' with each other.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.2.3" href="#6.5.2.3"><h5>6.5.2.3 Structure and union members</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.2.3" href="#6.5.2.3">6.5.2.3 Structure and union members</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The first operand of the . operator shall have an atomic, qualified, or unqualified
can be safely accessed using a non-atomic object which is assigned to or from the atomic object.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.2.4" href="#6.5.2.4"><h5>6.5.2.4 Postfix increment and decrement operators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.2.4" href="#6.5.2.4">6.5.2.4 Postfix increment and decrement operators</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The operand of the postfix increment or decrement operator shall have atomic, qualified,
with result being the result of the operation.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.2.5" href="#6.5.2.5"><h5>6.5.2.5 Compound literals</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.2.5" href="#6.5.2.5">6.5.2.5 Compound literals</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The type name shall specify a complete object type or an array of unknown size, but not a
the same or overlapping representations.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.3" href="#6.5.3"><h4>6.5.3 Unary operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.3" href="#6.5.3">6.5.3 Unary operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
unary-operator: one of
& * + - ~ !</pre>
-<a name="6.5.3.1" href="#6.5.3.1"><h5>6.5.3.1 Prefix increment and decrement operators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.3.1" href="#6.5.3.1">6.5.3.1 Prefix increment and decrement operators</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The operand of the prefix increment or decrement operator shall have atomic, qualified,
operand is decremented.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: additive operators (<a href="#6.5.6">6.5.6</a>), compound assignment (<a href="#6.5.16.2">6.5.16.2</a>).
-<a name="6.5.3.2" href="#6.5.3.2"><h5>6.5.3.2 Address and indirection operators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.3.2" href="#6.5.3.2">6.5.3.2 Address and indirection operators</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The operand of the unary & operator shall be either a function designator, the result of a
end of its lifetime.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.3.3" href="#6.5.3.3"><h5>6.5.3.3 Unary arithmetic operators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.3.3" href="#6.5.3.3">6.5.3.3 Unary arithmetic operators</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The operand of the unary + or - operator shall have arithmetic type; of the ~ operator,
<!--page 108 -->
-<a name="6.5.3.4" href="#6.5.3.4"><h5>6.5.3.4 The sizeof and alignof operators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.3.4" href="#6.5.3.4">6.5.3.4 The sizeof and alignof operators</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The sizeof operator shall not be applied to an expression that has function type or an
size of the adjusted (pointer) type (see <a href="#6.9.1">6.9.1</a>).
</small>
-<a name="6.5.4" href="#6.5.4"><h4>6.5.4 Cast operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.4" href="#6.5.4">6.5.4 Cast operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
unqualified version of the type.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.5" href="#6.5.5"><h4>6.5.5 Multiplicative operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.5" href="#6.5.5">6.5.5 Multiplicative operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note105" href="#note105">105)</a> This is often called ''truncation toward zero''.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.6" href="#6.5.6"><h4>6.5.6 Additive operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.6" href="#6.5.6">6.5.6 Additive operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
element'' requirements.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.7" href="#6.5.7"><h4>6.5.7 Bitwise shift operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.7" href="#6.5.7">6.5.7 Bitwise shift operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
part of the quotient of E1 / 2E2 . If E1 has a signed type and a negative value, the
resulting value is implementation-defined.
-<a name="6.5.8" href="#6.5.8"><h4>6.5.8 Relational operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.8" href="#6.5.8">6.5.8 Relational operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
means (a<b)<c; in other words, ''if a is less than b, compare 1 to c; otherwise, compare 0 to c''.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.9" href="#6.5.9"><h4>6.5.9 Equality operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.9" href="#6.5.9">6.5.9 Equality operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
behavior.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.10" href="#6.5.10"><h4>6.5.10 Bitwise AND operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.10" href="#6.5.10">6.5.10 Bitwise AND operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 116 -->
-<a name="6.5.11" href="#6.5.11"><h4>6.5.11 Bitwise exclusive OR operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.11" href="#6.5.11">6.5.11 Bitwise exclusive OR operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
in the result is set if and only if exactly one of the corresponding bits in the converted
operands is set).
-<a name="6.5.12" href="#6.5.12"><h4>6.5.12 Bitwise inclusive OR operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.12" href="#6.5.12">6.5.12 Bitwise inclusive OR operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
operands is set).
<!--page 117 -->
-<a name="6.5.13" href="#6.5.13"><h4>6.5.13 Logical AND operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.13" href="#6.5.13">6.5.13 Logical AND operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the first and second operands. If the first operand compares equal to 0, the second
operand is not evaluated.
-<a name="6.5.14" href="#6.5.14"><h4>6.5.14 Logical OR operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.14" href="#6.5.14">6.5.14 Logical OR operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
not evaluated.
<!--page 118 -->
-<a name="6.5.15" href="#6.5.15"><h4>6.5.15 Conditional operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.15" href="#6.5.15">6.5.15 Conditional operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note110" href="#note110">110)</a> A conditional expression does not yield an lvalue.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.16" href="#6.5.16"><h4>6.5.16 Assignment operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.16" href="#6.5.16">6.5.16 Assignment operators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
when the object has volatile-qualified type.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.16.1" href="#6.5.16.1"><h5>6.5.16.1 Simple assignment</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.16.1" href="#6.5.16.1">6.5.16.1 Simple assignment</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
One of the following shall hold:<sup><a href="#note112"><b>112)</b></a></sup>
not volatile from the type int volatile * const).
</small>
-<a name="6.5.16.2" href="#6.5.16.2"><h5>6.5.16.2 Compound assignment</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.5.16.2" href="#6.5.16.2">6.5.16.2 Compound assignment</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
For the operators += and -= only, either the left operand shall be an atomic, qualified, or
with result being the result of the operation.
</small>
-<a name="6.5.17" href="#6.5.17"><h4>6.5.17 Comma operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.5.17" href="#6.5.17">6.5.17 Comma operator</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note114" href="#note114">114)</a> A comma operator does not yield an lvalue.
</small>
-<a name="6.6" href="#6.6"><h3>6.6 Constant expressions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.6" href="#6.6">6.6 Constant expressions</a></h3>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the expression is a valid integer constant expression with value one.
</small>
-<a name="6.7" href="#6.7"><h3>6.7 Declarations</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.7" href="#6.7">6.7 Declarations</a></h3>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note119" href="#note119">119)</a> Function definitions have a different syntax, described in <a href="#6.9.1">6.9.1</a>.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.1" href="#6.7.1"><h4>6.7.1 Storage-class specifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.1" href="#6.7.1">6.7.1 Storage-class specifiers</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
register is sizeof.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.2" href="#6.7.2"><h4>6.7.2 Type specifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.2" href="#6.7.2">6.7.2 Type specifiers</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><b> Forward references</b>: atomic type specifiers (<a href="#6.7.2.4">6.7.2.4</a>), enumeration specifiers (<a href="#6.7.2.2">6.7.2.2</a>),
structure and union specifiers (<a href="#6.7.2.1">6.7.2.1</a>), tags (<a href="#6.7.2.3">6.7.2.3</a>), type definitions (<a href="#6.7.8">6.7.8</a>).
-<a name="6.7.2.1" href="#6.7.2.1"><h5>6.7.2.1 Structure and union specifiers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.2.1" href="#6.7.2.1">6.7.2.1 Structure and union specifiers</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
layouts.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.2.2" href="#6.7.2.2"><h5>6.7.2.2 Enumeration specifiers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.2.2" href="#6.7.2.2">6.7.2.2 Enumeration specifiers</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
been seen.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.2.3" href="#6.7.2.3"><h5>6.7.2.3 Tags</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.2.3" href="#6.7.2.3">6.7.2.3 Tags</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A specific type shall have its content defined at most once.
struct-or-union identifier</pre>
occurs other than as part of one of the above forms, and no other declaration of the
identifier as a tag is visible, then it declares an incomplete structure or union type, and
- declares the identifier as the tag of that type.131)
+ declares the identifier as the tag of that type.<sup><a href="#note131"><b>131)</b></a></sup>
<p><!--para 9 -->
If a type specifier of the form
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note131" href="#note131">131)</a> A similar construction with enum does not exist.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.2.4" href="#6.7.2.4"><h5>6.7.2.4 Atomic type specifiers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.2.4" href="#6.7.2.4">6.7.2.4 Atomic type specifiers</a></h5>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
interpreted as a type specifier (with a type name), not as a type qualifier.
<!--page 138 -->
-<a name="6.7.3" href="#6.7.3"><h4>6.7.3 Type qualifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.3" href="#6.7.3">6.7.3 Type qualifiers</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note136" href="#note136">136)</a> Both of these can occur through the use of typedefs.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.3.1" href="#6.7.3.1"><h5>6.7.3.1 Formal definition of restrict</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.3.1" href="#6.7.3.1">6.7.3.1 Formal definition of restrict</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Let D be a declaration of an ordinary identifier that provides a means of designating an
object P as a restrict-qualified pointer to type T.
expressions *p and p[1] are not.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.4" href="#6.7.4"><h4>6.7.4 Function specifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.4" href="#6.7.4">6.7.4 Function specifiers</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
function uses the inline definition or the external definition.<sup><a href="#note140"><b>140)</b></a></sup>
<p><!--para 8 -->
A function declared with a _Noreturn function specifier shall not return to its caller.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 9 -->
The implementation should produce a diagnostic message for a function declared with a
_Noreturn function specifier that appears to be capable of returning to its caller.
duration are also distinct in each of the definitions.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.5" href="#6.7.5"><h4>6.7.5 Alignment specifier</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.5" href="#6.7.5">6.7.5 Alignment specifier</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
declaration.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.6" href="#6.7.6"><h4>6.7.6 Declarators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.6" href="#6.7.6">6.7.6 Declarators</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
then ident has the type specified by the declaration ''T D''. Thus, a declarator in
parentheses is identical to the unparenthesized declarator, but the binding of complicated
declarators may be altered by parentheses.
- Implementation limits
+<h6>Implementation limits</h6>
<p><!--para 7 -->
As discussed in <a href="#5.2.4.1">5.2.4.1</a>, an implementation may limit the number of pointer, array, and
function declarators that modify an arithmetic, structure, union, or void type, either
directly or via one or more typedefs.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: array declarators (<a href="#6.7.6.2">6.7.6.2</a>), type definitions (<a href="#6.7.8">6.7.8</a>).
-<a name="6.7.6.1" href="#6.7.6.1"><h5>6.7.6.1 Pointer declarators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.6.1" href="#6.7.6.1">6.7.6.1 Pointer declarators</a></h5>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If, in the declaration ''T D1'', D1 has the form
declares constant_ptr as an object that has type ''const-qualified pointer to int''.
-<a name="6.7.6.2" href="#6.7.6.2"><h5>6.7.6.2 Array declarators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.6.2" href="#6.7.6.2">6.7.6.2 Array declarators</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In addition to optional type qualifiers and the keyword static, the [ and ] may delimit
<p><small><a name="note143" href="#note143">143)</a> Thus, * can be used only in function declarations that are not definitions (see <a href="#6.7.6.3">6.7.6.3</a>).
</small>
-<a name="6.7.6.3" href="#6.7.6.3"><h5>6.7.6.3 Function declarators (including prototypes)</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.7.6.3" href="#6.7.6.3">6.7.6.3 Function declarators (including prototypes)</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A function declarator shall not specify a return type that is a function type or an array
<p><small><a name="note146" href="#note146">146)</a> If both function types are ''old style'', parameter types are not compared.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.7" href="#6.7.7"><h4>6.7.7 Type names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.7" href="#6.7.7">6.7.7 Type names</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
parameter specification'', rather than redundant parentheses around the omitted identifier.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.8" href="#6.7.8"><h4>6.7.8 Type definitions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.8" href="#6.7.8">6.7.8 Type definitions</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
a[i-1] = b[i];
}</pre>
-<a name="6.7.9" href="#6.7.9"><h4>6.7.9 Initialization</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.9" href="#6.7.9">6.7.9 Initialization</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note152" href="#note152">152)</a> In particular, the evaluation order need not be the same as the order of subobject initialization.
</small>
-<a name="6.7.10" href="#6.7.10"><h4>6.7.10 Static assertions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.7.10" href="#6.7.10">6.7.10 Static assertions</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><b> Forward references</b>: diagnostics (<a href="#7.2">7.2</a>).
<!--page 163 -->
-<a name="6.8" href="#6.8"><h3>6.8 Statements and blocks</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.8" href="#6.8">6.8 Statements and blocks</a></h3>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><b> Forward references</b>: expression and null statements (<a href="#6.8.3">6.8.3</a>), selection statements
(<a href="#6.8.4">6.8.4</a>), iteration statements (<a href="#6.8.5">6.8.5</a>), the return statement (<a href="#6.8.6.4">6.8.6.4</a>).
-<a name="6.8.1" href="#6.8.1"><h4>6.8.1 Labeled statements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.8.1" href="#6.8.1">6.8.1 Labeled statements</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
them.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the goto statement (<a href="#6.8.6.1">6.8.6.1</a>), the switch statement (<a href="#6.8.4.2">6.8.4.2</a>).
-<a name="6.8.2" href="#6.8.2"><h4>6.8.2 Compound statement</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.8.2" href="#6.8.2">6.8.2 Compound statement</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
A compound statement is a block.
-<a name="6.8.3" href="#6.8.3"><h4>6.8.3 Expression and null statements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.8.3" href="#6.8.3">6.8.3 Expression and null statements</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note153" href="#note153">153)</a> Such as assignments, and function calls which have side effects.
</small>
-<a name="6.8.4" href="#6.8.4"><h4>6.8.4 Selection statements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.8.4" href="#6.8.4">6.8.4 Selection statements</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
enclosing block. Each associated substatement is also a block whose scope is a strict
subset of the scope of the selection statement.
-<a name="6.8.4.1" href="#6.8.4.1"><h5>6.8.4.1 The if statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.4.1" href="#6.8.4.1">6.8.4.1 The if statement</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The controlling expression of an if statement shall have scalar type.
An else is associated with the lexically nearest preceding if that is allowed by the
syntax.
-<a name="6.8.4.2" href="#6.8.4.2"><h5>6.8.4.2 The switch statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.4.2" href="#6.8.4.2">6.8.4.2 The switch statement</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The controlling expression of a switch statement shall have integer type.
a default label, control jumps to the labeled statement. If no converted case constant
expression matches and there is no default label, no part of the switch body is
executed.
- Implementation limits
+<h6>Implementation limits</h6>
<p><!--para 6 -->
As discussed in <a href="#5.2.4.1">5.2.4.1</a>, the implementation may limit the number of case values in a
switch statement.
default label associated with the switch that is in the block containing the declaration.
</small>
-<a name="6.8.5" href="#6.8.5"><h4>6.8.5 Iteration statements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.8.5" href="#6.8.5">6.8.5 Iteration statements</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
termination cannot be proven.
</small>
-<a name="6.8.5.1" href="#6.8.5.1"><h5>6.8.5.1 The while statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.5.1" href="#6.8.5.1">6.8.5.1 The while statement</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The evaluation of the controlling expression takes place before each execution of the loop
body.
-<a name="6.8.5.2" href="#6.8.5.2"><h5>6.8.5.2 The do statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.5.2" href="#6.8.5.2">6.8.5.2 The do statement</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The evaluation of the controlling expression takes place after each execution of the loop
body.
-<a name="6.8.5.3" href="#6.8.5.3"><h5>6.8.5.3 The for statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.5.3" href="#6.8.5.3">6.8.5.3 The for statement</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The statement
<pre>
specifies an operation (such as incrementing) that is performed after each iteration.
</small>
-<a name="6.8.6" href="#6.8.6"><h4>6.8.6 Jump statements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.8.6" href="#6.8.6">6.8.6 Jump statements</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
A jump statement causes an unconditional jump to another place.
-<a name="6.8.6.1" href="#6.8.6.1"><h5>6.8.6.1 The goto statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.6.1" href="#6.8.6.1">6.8.6.1 The goto statement</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The identifier in a goto statement shall name a label located somewhere in the enclosing
goto lab4; // invalid: going INTO scope of VLA.</pre>
-<a name="6.8.6.2" href="#6.8.6.2"><h5>6.8.6.2 The continue statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.6.2" href="#6.8.6.2">6.8.6.2 The continue statement</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A continue statement shall appear only in or as a loop body.
<p><small><a name="note159" href="#note159">159)</a> Following the contin: label is a null statement.
</small>
-<a name="6.8.6.3" href="#6.8.6.3"><h5>6.8.6.3 The break statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.6.3" href="#6.8.6.3">6.8.6.3 The break statement</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A break statement shall appear only in or as a switch body or loop body.
<!--page 171 -->
-<a name="6.8.6.4" href="#6.8.6.4"><h5>6.8.6.4 The return statement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.8.6.4" href="#6.8.6.4">6.8.6.4 The return statement</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A return statement with an expression shall not appear in a function whose return type
or precision than implied by the type; a cast may be used to remove this extra range and precision.
</small>
-<a name="6.9" href="#6.9"><h3>6.9 External definitions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.9" href="#6.9">6.9 External definitions</a></h3>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
external definition for it.
</small>
-<a name="6.9.1" href="#6.9.1"><h4>6.9.1 Function definitions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.9.1" href="#6.9.1">6.9.1 Function definitions</a></h4>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note164" href="#note164">164)</a> A parameter identifier cannot be redeclared in the function body except in an enclosed block.
</small>
-<a name="6.9.2" href="#6.9.2"><h4>6.9.2 External object definitions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.9.2" href="#6.9.2">6.9.2 External object definitions</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If the declaration of an identifier for an object has file scope and an initializer, the
zero on program startup.
<!--page 177 -->
-<a name="6.10" href="#6.10"><h3>6.10 Preprocessing directives</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.10" href="#6.10">6.10 Preprocessing directives</a></h3>
<h6>Syntax</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 178 -->
# character string literal creation operator in <a href="#6.10.3.2">6.10.3.2</a>, for example).
</small>
-<a name="6.10.1" href="#6.10.1"><h4>6.10.1 Conditional inclusion</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.1" href="#6.10.1">6.10.1 Conditional inclusion</a></h4>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The expression that controls conditional inclusion shall be an integer constant expression
including within a preprocessing directive.
</small>
-<a name="6.10.2" href="#6.10.2"><h4>6.10.2 Source file inclusion</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.2" href="#6.10.2">6.10.2 Source file inclusion</a></h4>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A #include directive shall identify a header or source file that can be processed by the
phases in <a href="#5.1.1.2">5.1.1.2</a>); thus, an expansion that results in two string literals is an invalid directive.
</small>
-<a name="6.10.3" href="#6.10.3"><h4>6.10.3 Macro replacement</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.3" href="#6.10.3">6.10.3 Macro replacement</a></h4>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Two replacement lists are identical if and only if the preprocessing tokens in both have
<p><small><a name="note172" href="#note172">172)</a> Despite the name, a non-directive is a preprocessing directive.
</small>
-<a name="6.10.3.1" href="#6.10.3.1"><h5>6.10.3.1 Argument substitution</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.3.1" href="#6.10.3.1">6.10.3.1 Argument substitution</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
After the arguments for the invocation of a function-like macro have been identified,
argument substitution takes place. A parameter in the replacement list, unless preceded
were a parameter, and the variable arguments shall form the preprocessing tokens used to
replace it.
-<a name="6.10.3.2" href="#6.10.3.2"><h5>6.10.3.2 The # operator</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.3.2" href="#6.10.3.2">6.10.3.2 The # operator</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each # preprocessing token in the replacement list for a function-like macro shall be
## operators is unspecified.
<!--page 186 -->
-<a name="6.10.3.3" href="#6.10.3.3"><h5>6.10.3.3 The ## operator</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.3.3" href="#6.10.3.3">6.10.3.3 The ## operator</a></h5>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A ## preprocessing token shall not occur at the beginning or at the end of a replacement
exist only within translation phase 4.
</small>
-<a name="6.10.3.4" href="#6.10.3.4"><h5>6.10.3.4 Rescanning and further replacement</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.3.4" href="#6.10.3.4">6.10.3.4 Rescanning and further replacement</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
After all parameters in the replacement list have been substituted and # and ##
processing has taken place, all placemarker preprocessing tokens are removed. The
as a preprocessing directive even if it resembles one, but all pragma unary operator
expressions within it are then processed as specified in <a href="#6.10.9">6.10.9</a> below.
-<a name="6.10.3.5" href="#6.10.3.5"><h5>6.10.3.5 Scope of macro definitions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.3.5" href="#6.10.3.5">6.10.3.5 Scope of macro definitions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A macro definition lasts (independent of block structure) until a corresponding #undef
directive is encountered or (if none is encountered) until the end of the preprocessing
printf("x is %d but y is %d", x, y));</pre>
-<a name="6.10.4" href="#6.10.4"><h4>6.10.4 Line control</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.4" href="#6.10.4">6.10.4 Line control</a></h4>
<h6>Constraints</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The string literal of a #line directive, if present, shall be a character string literal.
previous forms and is then processed as appropriate.
<!--page 191 -->
-<a name="6.10.5" href="#6.10.5"><h4>6.10.5 Error directive</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.5" href="#6.10.5">6.10.5 Error directive</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A preprocessing directive of the form
causes the implementation to produce a diagnostic message that includes the specified
sequence of preprocessing tokens.
-<a name="6.10.6" href="#6.10.6"><h4>6.10.6 Pragma directive</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.6" href="#6.10.6">6.10.6 Pragma directive</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A preprocessing directive of the form
<p><small><a name="note175" href="#note175">175)</a> See ''future language directions'' (<a href="#6.11.8">6.11.8</a>).
</small>
-<a name="6.10.7" href="#6.10.7"><h4>6.10.7 Null directive</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.7" href="#6.10.7">6.10.7 Null directive</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A preprocessing directive of the form
# new-line</pre>
has no effect.
-<a name="6.10.8" href="#6.10.8"><h4>6.10.8 Predefined macro names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.8" href="#6.10.8">6.10.8 Predefined macro names</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The values of the predefined macros listed in the following subclauses<sup><a href="#note176"><b>176)</b></a></sup> (except for
__FILE__ and __LINE__) remain constant throughout the translation unit.
<p><small><a name="note176" href="#note176">176)</a> See ''future language directions'' (<a href="#6.11.9">6.11.9</a>).
</small>
-<a name="6.10.8.1" href="#6.10.8.1"><h5>6.10.8.1 Mandatory macros</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.8.1" href="#6.10.8.1">6.10.8.1 Mandatory macros</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following macro names shall be defined by the implementation:
__DATE__ The date of translation of the preprocessing translation unit: a character
__FILE__ The presumed name of the current source file (a character string literal).<sup><a href="#note177"><b>177)</b></a></sup>
__LINE__ The presumed line number (within the current source file) of the current
<pre>
- source line (an integer constant).177)</pre>
+ source line (an integer constant).<sup><a href="#note177"><b>177)</b></a></sup></pre>
__STDC__ The integer constant 1, intended to indicate a conforming implementation.
__STDC_HOSTED__ The integer constant 1 if the implementation is a hosted
<pre>
Standard.
</small>
-<a name="6.10.8.2" href="#6.10.8.2"><h5>6.10.8.2 Environment macros</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.8.2" href="#6.10.8.2">6.10.8.2 Environment macros</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following macro names are conditionally defined by the implementation:
__STDC_ISO_10646__ An integer constant of the form yyyymmL (for example,
<!--page 194 -->
-<a name="6.10.8.3" href="#6.10.8.3"><h5>6.10.8.3 Conditional feature macros</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="6.10.8.3" href="#6.10.8.3">6.10.8.3 Conditional feature macros</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following macro names are conditionally defined by the implementation:
__STDC_ANALYZABLE__ The integer constant 1, intended to indicate conformance to
each revision of this International Standard.
</small>
-<a name="6.10.9" href="#6.10.9"><h4>6.10.9 Pragma operator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.10.9" href="#6.10.9">6.10.9 Pragma operator</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A unary operator expression of the form:
#define PRAGMA(x) _Pragma(#x)
LISTING ( ..\listing.dir )</pre>
-<a name="6.11" href="#6.11"><h3>6.11 Future language directions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="6.11" href="#6.11">6.11 Future language directions</a></h3>
-<a name="6.11.1" href="#6.11.1"><h4>6.11.1 Floating types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.1" href="#6.11.1">6.11.1 Floating types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Future standardization may include additional floating-point types, including those with
greater range, precision, or both than long double.
-<a name="6.11.2" href="#6.11.2"><h4>6.11.2 Linkages of identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.2" href="#6.11.2">6.11.2 Linkages of identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Declaring an identifier with internal linkage at file scope without the static storage-
class specifier is an obsolescent feature.
-<a name="6.11.3" href="#6.11.3"><h4>6.11.3 External names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.3" href="#6.11.3">6.11.3 External names</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Restriction of the significance of an external name to fewer than 255 characters
(considering each universal character name or extended source character as a single
character) is an obsolescent feature that is a concession to existing implementations.
-<a name="6.11.4" href="#6.11.4"><h4>6.11.4 Character escape sequences</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.4" href="#6.11.4">6.11.4 Character escape sequences</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Lowercase letters as escape sequences are reserved for future standardization. Other
characters may be used in extensions.
-<a name="6.11.5" href="#6.11.5"><h4>6.11.5 Storage-class specifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.5" href="#6.11.5">6.11.5 Storage-class specifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The placement of a storage-class specifier other than at the beginning of the declaration
specifiers in a declaration is an obsolescent feature.
-<a name="6.11.6" href="#6.11.6"><h4>6.11.6 Function declarators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.6" href="#6.11.6">6.11.6 Function declarators</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The use of function declarators with empty parentheses (not prototype-format parameter
type declarators) is an obsolescent feature.
-<a name="6.11.7" href="#6.11.7"><h4>6.11.7 Function definitions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.7" href="#6.11.7">6.11.7 Function definitions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The use of function definitions with separate parameter identifier and declaration lists
(not prototype-format parameter type and identifier declarators) is an obsolescent feature.
-<a name="6.11.8" href="#6.11.8"><h4>6.11.8 Pragma directives</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.8" href="#6.11.8">6.11.8 Pragma directives</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Pragmas whose first preprocessing token is STDC are reserved for future standardization.
-<a name="6.11.9" href="#6.11.9"><h4>6.11.9 Predefined macro names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="6.11.9" href="#6.11.9">6.11.9 Predefined macro names</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Macro names beginning with __STDC_ are reserved for future standardization.
<!--page 197 -->
-<a name="7" href="#7"><h2>7. Library</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="7" href="#7">7. Library</a></h2>
-<a name="7.1" href="#7.1"><h3>7.1 Introduction</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.1" href="#7.1">7.1 Introduction</a></h3>
-<a name="7.1.1" href="#7.1.1"><h4>7.1.1 Definitions of terms</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.1.1" href="#7.1.1">7.1.1 Definitions of terms</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A string is a contiguous sequence of characters terminated by and including the first null
character. The term multibyte string is sometimes used instead to emphasize special
implementation's choice.
</small>
-<a name="7.1.2" href="#7.1.2"><h4>7.1.2 Standard headers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.1.2" href="#7.1.2">7.1.2 Standard headers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each library function is declared, with a type that includes a prototype, in a header,<sup><a href="#note182"><b>182)</b></a></sup>
whose contents are made available by the #include preprocessing directive. The
implementations need not support; see <a href="#6.10.8.3">6.10.8.3</a>.
</small>
-<a name="7.1.3" href="#7.1.3"><h4>7.1.3 Reserved identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.1.3" href="#7.1.3">7.1.3 Reserved identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each header declares or defines all identifiers listed in its associated subclause, and
optionally declares or defines identifiers listed in its associated future library directions
va_copy, and va_end.
</small>
-<a name="7.1.4" href="#7.1.4"><h4>7.1.4 Use of library functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.1.4" href="#7.1.4">7.1.4 Use of library functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each of the following statements applies unless explicitly stated otherwise in the detailed
descriptions that follow: If an argument to a function has an invalid value (such as a value
<p><small><a name="note190" href="#note190">190)</a> This allows implementations to parallelize operations if there are no visible side effects.
</small>
-<a name="7.2" href="#7.2"><h3>7.2 Diagnostics <assert.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.2" href="#7.2">7.2 Diagnostics <assert.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.2"><assert.h></a> defines the assert and static_assert macros and
refers to another macro,
static_assert</pre>
expands to _Static_assert.
-<a name="7.2.1" href="#7.2.1"><h4>7.2.1 Program diagnostics</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.2.1" href="#7.2.1">7.2.1 Program diagnostics</a></h4>
-<a name="7.2.1.1" href="#7.2.1.1"><h5>7.2.1.1 The assert macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.2.1.1" href="#7.2.1.1">7.2.1.1 The assert macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
Assertion failed: expression, function abc, file xyz, line nnn.
</small>
-<a name="7.3" href="#7.3"><h3>7.3 Complex arithmetic <complex.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.3" href="#7.3">7.3 Complex arithmetic <complex.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.3.1" href="#7.3.1"><h4>7.3.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.1" href="#7.3.1">7.3.1 Introduction</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.3"><complex.h></a> defines macros and declares functions that support complex
arithmetic.<sup><a href="#note192"><b>192)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note194" href="#note194">194)</a> A specification for imaginary types is in informative <a href="#G">annex G</a>.
</small>
-<a name="7.3.2" href="#7.3.2"><h4>7.3.2 Conventions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.2" href="#7.3.2">7.3.2 Conventions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Values are interpreted as radians, not degrees. An implementation may set errno but is
not required to.
-<a name="7.3.3" href="#7.3.3"><h4>7.3.3 Branch cuts</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.3" href="#7.3.3">7.3.3 Branch cuts</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Some of the functions below have branch cuts, across which the function is
discontinuous. For implementations with a signed zero (including all IEC 60559
the finite endpoint of the cut along the negative real axis approaches the cut from above,
so the cut maps to the positive imaginary axis.
-<a name="7.3.4" href="#7.3.4"><h4>7.3.4 The CX_LIMITED_RANGE pragma</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.4" href="#7.3.4">7.3.4 The CX_LIMITED_RANGE pragma</a></h4>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
where the programmer can determine they are safe.
</small>
-<a name="7.3.5" href="#7.3.5"><h4>7.3.5 Trigonometric functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.5" href="#7.3.5">7.3.5 Trigonometric functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.3.5.1" href="#7.3.5.1"><h5>7.3.5.1 The cacos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.5.1" href="#7.3.5.1">7.3.5.1 The cacos functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [0, pi ] along the
real axis.
-<a name="7.3.5.2" href="#7.3.5.2"><h5>7.3.5.2 The casin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.5.2" href="#7.3.5.2">7.3.5.2 The casin functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 208 -->
along the real axis.
-<a name="7.3.5.3" href="#7.3.5.3"><h5>7.3.5.3 The catan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.5.3" href="#7.3.5.3">7.3.5.3 The catan functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
mathematically unbounded along the imaginary axis and in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2]
along the real axis.
-<a name="7.3.5.4" href="#7.3.5.4"><h5>7.3.5.4 The ccos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.5.4" href="#7.3.5.4">7.3.5.4 The ccos functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The ccos functions return the complex cosine value.
-<a name="7.3.5.5" href="#7.3.5.5"><h5>7.3.5.5 The csin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.5.5" href="#7.3.5.5">7.3.5.5 The csin functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The csin functions return the complex sine value.
-<a name="7.3.5.6" href="#7.3.5.6"><h5>7.3.5.6 The ctan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.5.6" href="#7.3.5.6">7.3.5.6 The ctan functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The ctan functions return the complex tangent value.
-<a name="7.3.6" href="#7.3.6"><h4>7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.6" href="#7.3.6">7.3.6 Hyperbolic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.3.6.1" href="#7.3.6.1"><h5>7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.6.1" href="#7.3.6.1">7.3.6.1 The cacosh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
half-strip of nonnegative values along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the
imaginary axis.
-<a name="7.3.6.2" href="#7.3.6.2"><h5>7.3.6.2 The casinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.6.2" href="#7.3.6.2">7.3.6.2 The casinh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 210 -->
strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2]
along the imaginary axis.
-<a name="7.3.6.3" href="#7.3.6.3"><h5>7.3.6.3 The catanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.6.3" href="#7.3.6.3">7.3.6.3 The catanh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
strip mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi /2, +ipi /2]
along the imaginary axis.
-<a name="7.3.6.4" href="#7.3.6.4"><h5>7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.6.4" href="#7.3.6.4">7.3.6.4 The ccosh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The ccosh functions return the complex hyperbolic cosine value.
<!--page 211 -->
-<a name="7.3.6.5" href="#7.3.6.5"><h5>7.3.6.5 The csinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.6.5" href="#7.3.6.5">7.3.6.5 The csinh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The csinh functions return the complex hyperbolic sine value.
-<a name="7.3.6.6" href="#7.3.6.6"><h5>7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.6.6" href="#7.3.6.6">7.3.6.6 The ctanh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The ctanh functions return the complex hyperbolic tangent value.
-<a name="7.3.7" href="#7.3.7"><h4>7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.7" href="#7.3.7">7.3.7 Exponential and logarithmic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.3.7.1" href="#7.3.7.1"><h5>7.3.7.1 The cexp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.7.1" href="#7.3.7.1">7.3.7.1 The cexp functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The cexp functions return the complex base-e exponential value.
<!--page 212 -->
-<a name="7.3.7.2" href="#7.3.7.2"><h5>7.3.7.2 The clog functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.7.2" href="#7.3.7.2">7.3.7.2 The clog functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
mathematically unbounded along the real axis and in the interval [-ipi , +ipi ] along the
imaginary axis.
-<a name="7.3.8" href="#7.3.8"><h4>7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.8" href="#7.3.8">7.3.8 Power and absolute-value functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.3.8.1" href="#7.3.8.1"><h5>7.3.8.1 The cabs functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.8.1" href="#7.3.8.1">7.3.8.1 The cabs functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The cabs functions return the complex absolute value.
-<a name="7.3.8.2" href="#7.3.8.2"><h5>7.3.8.2 The cpow functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.8.2" href="#7.3.8.2">7.3.8.2 The cpow functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 213 -->
<p><!--para 3 -->
The cpow functions return the complex power function value.
-<a name="7.3.8.3" href="#7.3.8.3"><h5>7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.8.3" href="#7.3.8.3">7.3.8.3 The csqrt functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The csqrt functions return the complex square root value, in the range of the right half-
plane (including the imaginary axis).
-<a name="7.3.9" href="#7.3.9"><h4>7.3.9 Manipulation functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.3.9" href="#7.3.9">7.3.9 Manipulation functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.3.9.1" href="#7.3.9.1"><h5>7.3.9.1 The carg functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.9.1" href="#7.3.9.1">7.3.9.1 The carg functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The carg functions return the value of the argument in the interval [-pi , +pi ].
<!--page 214 -->
-<a name="7.3.9.2" href="#7.3.9.2"><h5>7.3.9.2 The cimag functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.9.2" href="#7.3.9.2">7.3.9.2 The cimag functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note196" href="#note196">196)</a> For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.
</small>
-<a name="7.3.9.3" href="#7.3.9.3"><h5>7.3.9.3 The CMPLX macros</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.9.3" href="#7.3.9.3">7.3.9.3 The CMPLX macros</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The CMPLX macros expand to an expression of the specified complex type, with the real
part having the (converted) value of x and the imaginary part having the (converted)
value of y.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The resulting expression should be suitable for use as an initializer for an object with
static or thread storage duration, provided both arguments are likewise suitable.
<!--page 215 -->
-<a name="7.3.9.4" href="#7.3.9.4"><h5>7.3.9.4 The conj functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.9.4" href="#7.3.9.4">7.3.9.4 The conj functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The conj functions return the complex conjugate value.
-<a name="7.3.9.5" href="#7.3.9.5"><h5>7.3.9.5 The cproj functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.9.5" href="#7.3.9.5">7.3.9.5 The cproj functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The cproj functions return the value of the projection onto the Riemann sphere.
-<a name="7.3.9.6" href="#7.3.9.6"><h5>7.3.9.6 The creal functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.3.9.6" href="#7.3.9.6">7.3.9.6 The creal functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note197" href="#note197">197)</a> For a variable z of complex type, z == creal(z) + cimag(z)*I.
</small>
-<a name="7.4" href="#7.4"><h3>7.4 Character handling <ctype.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.4" href="#7.4">7.4 Character handling <ctype.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.4"><ctype.h></a> declares several functions useful for classifying and mapping
characters.<sup><a href="#note198"><b>198)</b></a></sup> In all cases the argument is an int, the value of which shall be
values lie from 0 (NUL) through 0x1F (US), and the character 0x7F (DEL).
</small>
-<a name="7.4.1" href="#7.4.1"><h4>7.4.1 Character classification functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.4.1" href="#7.4.1">7.4.1 Character classification functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions in this subclause return nonzero (true) if and only if the value of the
argument c conforms to that in the description of the function.
-<a name="7.4.1.1" href="#7.4.1.1"><h5>7.4.1.1 The isalnum function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.1" href="#7.4.1.1">7.4.1.1 The isalnum function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The isalnum function tests for any character for which isalpha or isdigit is true.
-<a name="7.4.1.2" href="#7.4.1.2"><h5>7.4.1.2 The isalpha function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.2" href="#7.4.1.2">7.4.1.2 The isalpha function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
characters; all four combinations are possible.
</small>
-<a name="7.4.1.3" href="#7.4.1.3"><h5>7.4.1.3 The isblank function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.3" href="#7.4.1.3">7.4.1.3 The isblank function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
space (' '), and horizontal tab ('\t'). In the "C" locale, isblank returns true only
for the standard blank characters.
-<a name="7.4.1.4" href="#7.4.1.4"><h5>7.4.1.4 The iscntrl function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.4" href="#7.4.1.4">7.4.1.4 The iscntrl function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The iscntrl function tests for any control character.
-<a name="7.4.1.5" href="#7.4.1.5"><h5>7.4.1.5 The isdigit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.5" href="#7.4.1.5">7.4.1.5 The isdigit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The isdigit function tests for any decimal-digit character (as defined in <a href="#5.2.1">5.2.1</a>).
-<a name="7.4.1.6" href="#7.4.1.6"><h5>7.4.1.6 The isgraph function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.6" href="#7.4.1.6">7.4.1.6 The isgraph function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The isgraph function tests for any printing character except space (' ').
-<a name="7.4.1.7" href="#7.4.1.7"><h5>7.4.1.7 The islower function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.7" href="#7.4.1.7">7.4.1.7 The islower function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
isspace is true. In the "C" locale, islower returns true only for the lowercase
letters (as defined in <a href="#5.2.1">5.2.1</a>).
-<a name="7.4.1.8" href="#7.4.1.8"><h5>7.4.1.8 The isprint function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.8" href="#7.4.1.8">7.4.1.8 The isprint function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The isprint function tests for any printing character including space (' ').
-<a name="7.4.1.9" href="#7.4.1.9"><h5>7.4.1.9 The ispunct function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.9" href="#7.4.1.9">7.4.1.9 The ispunct function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
locale, ispunct returns true for every printing character for which neither isspace
nor isalnum is true.
-<a name="7.4.1.10" href="#7.4.1.10"><h5>7.4.1.10 The isspace function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.10" href="#7.4.1.10">7.4.1.10 The isspace function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
('\n'), carriage return ('\r'), horizontal tab ('\t'), and vertical tab ('\v'). In the
"C" locale, isspace returns true only for the standard white-space characters.
-<a name="7.4.1.11" href="#7.4.1.11"><h5>7.4.1.11 The isupper function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.11" href="#7.4.1.11">7.4.1.11 The isupper function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
isspace is true. In the "C" locale, isupper returns true only for the uppercase
letters (as defined in <a href="#5.2.1">5.2.1</a>).
-<a name="7.4.1.12" href="#7.4.1.12"><h5>7.4.1.12 The isxdigit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.1.12" href="#7.4.1.12">7.4.1.12 The isxdigit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The isxdigit function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in <a href="#6.4.4.1">6.4.4.1</a>).
-<a name="7.4.2" href="#7.4.2"><h4>7.4.2 Character case mapping functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.4.2" href="#7.4.2">7.4.2 Character case mapping functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.4.2.1" href="#7.4.2.1"><h5>7.4.2.1 The tolower function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.2.1" href="#7.4.2.1">7.4.2.1 The tolower function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
for any given locale); otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
<!--page 221 -->
-<a name="7.4.2.2" href="#7.4.2.2"><h5>7.4.2.2 The toupper function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.4.2.2" href="#7.4.2.2">7.4.2.2 The toupper function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
for any given locale); otherwise, the argument is returned unchanged.
<!--page 222 -->
-<a name="7.5" href="#7.5"><h3>7.5 Errors <errno.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.5" href="#7.5">7.5 Errors <errno.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.5"><errno.h></a> defines several macros, all relating to the reporting of error
conditions.
<p><small><a name="note203" href="#note203">203)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.3">7.30.3</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.6" href="#7.6"><h3>7.6 Floating-point environment <fenv.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.6" href="#7.6">7.6 Floating-point environment <fenv.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.6"><fenv.h></a> defines several macros, and declares types and functions that
provide access to the floating-point environment. The floating-point environment refers
FLT_ROUNDS, they are not required to do so.
</small>
-<a name="7.6.1" href="#7.6.1"><h4>7.6.1 The FENV_ACCESS pragma</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.6.1" href="#7.6.1">7.6.1 The FENV_ACCESS pragma</a></h4>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
''off'', just one evaluation of x + 1 would suffice.
</small>
-<a name="7.6.2" href="#7.6.2"><h4>7.6.2 Floating-point exceptions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.6.2" href="#7.6.2">7.6.2 Floating-point exceptions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following functions provide access to the floating-point status flags.<sup><a href="#note212"><b>212)</b></a></sup> The int
input argument for the functions represents a subset of floating-point exceptions, and can
content of flags.
</small>
-<a name="7.6.2.1" href="#7.6.2.1"><h5>7.6.2.1 The feclearexcept function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.2.1" href="#7.6.2.1">7.6.2.1 The feclearexcept function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 227 -->
-<a name="7.6.2.2" href="#7.6.2.2"><h5>7.6.2.2 The fegetexceptflag function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.2.2" href="#7.6.2.2">7.6.2.2 The fegetexceptflag function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The fegetexceptflag function returns zero if the representation was successfully
stored. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
-<a name="7.6.2.3" href="#7.6.2.3"><h5>7.6.2.3 The feraiseexcept function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.2.3" href="#7.6.2.3">7.6.2.3 The feraiseexcept function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
in <a href="#F.8.6">F.8.6</a> is in the same spirit.
</small>
-<a name="7.6.2.4" href="#7.6.2.4"><h5>7.6.2.4 The fesetexceptflag function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.2.4" href="#7.6.2.4">7.6.2.4 The fesetexceptflag function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
all the specified flags were successfully set to the appropriate state. Otherwise, it returns
a nonzero value.
-<a name="7.6.2.5" href="#7.6.2.5"><h5>7.6.2.5 The fetestexcept function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.2.5" href="#7.6.2.5">7.6.2.5 The fetestexcept function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note214" href="#note214">214)</a> This mechanism allows testing several floating-point exceptions with just one function call.
</small>
-<a name="7.6.3" href="#7.6.3"><h4>7.6.3 Rounding</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.6.3" href="#7.6.3">7.6.3 Rounding</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The fegetround and fesetround functions provide control of rounding direction
modes.
-<a name="7.6.3.1" href="#7.6.3.1"><h5>7.6.3.1 The fegetround function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.3.1" href="#7.6.3.1">7.6.3.1 The fegetround function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
representing the current rounding direction or a negative value if there is no such
rounding direction macro or the current rounding direction is not determinable.
-<a name="7.6.3.2" href="#7.6.3.2"><h5>7.6.3.2 The fesetround function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.3.2" href="#7.6.3.2">7.6.3.2 The fesetround function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
}</pre>
-<a name="7.6.4" href="#7.6.4"><h4>7.6.4 Environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.6.4" href="#7.6.4">7.6.4 Environment</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions in this section manage the floating-point environment -- status flags and
control modes -- as one entity.
-<a name="7.6.4.1" href="#7.6.4.1"><h5>7.6.4.1 The fegetenv function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.4.1" href="#7.6.4.1">7.6.4.1 The fegetenv function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The fegetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully stored.
Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
-<a name="7.6.4.2" href="#7.6.4.2"><h5>7.6.4.2 The feholdexcept function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.4.2" href="#7.6.4.2">7.6.4.2 The feholdexcept function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
function to write routines that hide spurious floating-point exceptions from their callers.
</small>
-<a name="7.6.4.3" href="#7.6.4.3"><h5>7.6.4.3 The fesetenv function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.4.3" href="#7.6.4.3">7.6.4.3 The fesetenv function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The fesetenv function returns zero if the environment was successfully established.
Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
-<a name="7.6.4.4" href="#7.6.4.4"><h5>7.6.4.4 The feupdateenv function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.6.4.4" href="#7.6.4.4">7.6.4.4 The feupdateenv function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
return result;
}</pre>
-<a name="7.7" href="#7.7"><h3>7.7 Characteristics of floating types <float.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.7" href="#7.7">7.7 Characteristics of floating types <float.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.7"><float.h></a> defines several macros that expand to various limits and
parameters of the standard floating-point types.
in <a href="#5.2.4.2.2">5.2.4.2.2</a>.
<!--page 234 -->
-<a name="7.8" href="#7.8"><h3>7.8 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.8" href="#7.8">7.8 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.8"><inttypes.h></a> includes the header <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a> and extends it with
additional facilities provided by hosted implementations.
<p><small><a name="note216" href="#note216">216)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.4">7.30.4</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.8.1" href="#7.8.1"><h4>7.8.1 Macros for format specifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.8.1" href="#7.8.1">7.8.1 Macros for format specifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each of the following object-like macros expands to a character string literal containing a *
conversion specifier, possibly modified by a length modifier, suitable for use within the
same.
</small>
-<a name="7.8.2" href="#7.8.2"><h4>7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.8.2" href="#7.8.2">7.8.2 Functions for greatest-width integer types</a></h4>
-<a name="7.8.2.1" href="#7.8.2.1"><h5>7.8.2.1 The imaxabs function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.8.2.1" href="#7.8.2.1">7.8.2.1 The imaxabs function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note218" href="#note218">218)</a> The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.
</small>
-<a name="7.8.2.2" href="#7.8.2.2"><h5>7.8.2.2 The imaxdiv function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.8.2.2" href="#7.8.2.2">7.8.2.2 The imaxdiv function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
quot (the quotient) and rem (the remainder), each of which has type intmax_t. If
either part of the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.
-<a name="7.8.2.3" href="#7.8.2.3"><h5>7.8.2.3 The strtoimax and strtoumax functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.8.2.3" href="#7.8.2.3">7.8.2.3 The strtoimax and strtoumax functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(<a href="#7.22.1.4">7.22.1.4</a>).
<!--page 237 -->
-<a name="7.8.2.4" href="#7.8.2.4"><h5>7.8.2.4 The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.8.2.4" href="#7.8.2.4">7.8.2.4 The wcstoimax and wcstoumax functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(<a href="#7.28.4.1.2">7.28.4.1.2</a>).
<!--page 238 -->
-<a name="7.9" href="#7.9"><h3>7.9 Alternative spellings <iso646.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.9" href="#7.9">7.9 Alternative spellings <iso646.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.9"><iso646.h></a> defines the following eleven macros (on the left) that expand
to the corresponding tokens (on the right):
xor ^
xor_eq ^=</pre>
-<a name="7.10" href="#7.10"><h3>7.10 Sizes of integer types <limits.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.10" href="#7.10">7.10 Sizes of integer types <limits.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.10"><limits.h></a> defines several macros that expand to various limits and
parameters of the standard integer types.
in <a href="#5.2.4.2.1">5.2.4.2.1</a>.
<!--page 240 -->
-<a name="7.11" href="#7.11"><h3>7.11 Localization <locale.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.11" href="#7.11">7.11 Localization <locale.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.11"><locale.h></a> declares two functions, one type, and defines several macros.
<p><!--para 2 -->
<p><small><a name="note220" href="#note220">220)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.5">7.30.5</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.11.1" href="#7.11.1"><h4>7.11.1 Locale control</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.11.1" href="#7.11.1">7.11.1 Locale control</a></h4>
-<a name="7.11.1.1" href="#7.11.1.1"><h5>7.11.1.1 The setlocale function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.11.1.1" href="#7.11.1.1">7.11.1.1 The setlocale function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
locale when category has the value LC_ALL.
</small>
-<a name="7.11.2" href="#7.11.2"><h4>7.11.2 Numeric formatting convention inquiry</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.11.2" href="#7.11.2">7.11.2 Numeric formatting convention inquiry</a></h4>
-<a name="7.11.2.1" href="#7.11.2.1"><h5>7.11.2.1 The localeconv function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.11.2.1" href="#7.11.2.1">7.11.2.1 The localeconv function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
3 +$1.25 +$ <a href="#1.25">1.25</a> + $1.25
4 $+1.25 $+ <a href="#1.25">1.25</a> $ +1.25</pre>
-<a name="7.12" href="#7.12"><h3>7.12 Mathematics <math.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.12" href="#7.12">7.12 Mathematics <math.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.12"><math.h></a> declares two types and many mathematical functions and defines
several macros. Most synopses specify a family of functions consisting of a principal
substantially slower.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.1" href="#7.12.1"><h4>7.12.1 Treatment of error conditions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.1" href="#7.12.1">7.12.1 Treatment of error conditions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The behavior of each of the functions in <a href="#7.12"><math.h></a> is specified for all representable
values of its input arguments, except where stated otherwise. Each function shall execute
<p><small><a name="note230" href="#note230">230)</a> Math errors are being indicated by the floating-point exception flags rather than by errno.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.2" href="#7.12.2"><h4>7.12.2 The FP_CONTRACT pragma</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.2" href="#7.12.2">7.12.2 The FP_CONTRACT pragma</a></h4>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
context, the behavior is undefined. The default state (''on'' or ''off'') for the pragma is
implementation-defined.
-<a name="7.12.3" href="#7.12.3"><h4>7.12.3 Classification macros</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.3" href="#7.12.3">7.12.3 Classification macros</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In the synopses in this subclause, real-floating indicates that the argument shall be an
expression of real floating type.
-<a name="7.12.3.1" href="#7.12.3.1"><h5>7.12.3.1 The fpclassify macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.3.1" href="#7.12.3.1">7.12.3.1 The fpclassify macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
become subnormal when converted to double, and zero when converted to float.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.3.2" href="#7.12.3.2"><h5>7.12.3.2 The isfinite macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.3.2" href="#7.12.3.2">7.12.3.2 The isfinite macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The isfinite macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a finite
value.
-<a name="7.12.3.3" href="#7.12.3.3"><h5>7.12.3.3 The isinf macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.3.3" href="#7.12.3.3">7.12.3.3 The isinf macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The isinf macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has an infinite
value.
-<a name="7.12.3.4" href="#7.12.3.4"><h5>7.12.3.4 The isnan macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.3.4" href="#7.12.3.4">7.12.3.4 The isnan macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
NaNs in the evaluation type but not in the semantic type.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.3.5" href="#7.12.3.5"><h5>7.12.3.5 The isnormal macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.3.5" href="#7.12.3.5">7.12.3.5 The isnormal macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The isnormal macro returns a nonzero value if and only if its argument has a normal
value.
-<a name="7.12.3.6" href="#7.12.3.6"><h5>7.12.3.6 The signbit macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.3.6" href="#7.12.3.6">7.12.3.6 The signbit macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
unsigned, it is treated as positive.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.4" href="#7.12.4"><h4>7.12.4 Trigonometric functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.4" href="#7.12.4">7.12.4 Trigonometric functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.4.1" href="#7.12.4.1"><h5>7.12.4.1 The acos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.1" href="#7.12.4.1">7.12.4.1 The acos functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The acos functions return arccos x in the interval [0, pi ] radians.
-<a name="7.12.4.2" href="#7.12.4.2"><h5>7.12.4.2 The asin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.2" href="#7.12.4.2">7.12.4.2 The asin functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The asin functions return arcsin x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.
-<a name="7.12.4.3" href="#7.12.4.3"><h5>7.12.4.3 The atan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.3" href="#7.12.4.3">7.12.4.3 The atan functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The atan functions return arctan x in the interval [-pi /2, +pi /2] radians.
-<a name="7.12.4.4" href="#7.12.4.4"><h5>7.12.4.4 The atan2 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.4" href="#7.12.4.4">7.12.4.4 The atan2 functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The atan2 functions return arctan y/x in the interval [-pi , +pi ] radians.
-<a name="7.12.4.5" href="#7.12.4.5"><h5>7.12.4.5 The cos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.5" href="#7.12.4.5">7.12.4.5 The cos functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The cos functions return cos x.
-<a name="7.12.4.6" href="#7.12.4.6"><h5>7.12.4.6 The sin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.6" href="#7.12.4.6">7.12.4.6 The sin functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The sin functions return sin x.
-<a name="7.12.4.7" href="#7.12.4.7"><h5>7.12.4.7 The tan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.4.7" href="#7.12.4.7">7.12.4.7 The tan functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The tan functions return tan x.
-<a name="7.12.5" href="#7.12.5"><h4>7.12.5 Hyperbolic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.5" href="#7.12.5">7.12.5 Hyperbolic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.5.1" href="#7.12.5.1"><h5>7.12.5.1 The acosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.5.1" href="#7.12.5.1">7.12.5.1 The acosh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The acosh functions return arcosh x in the interval [0, +(inf)].
-<a name="7.12.5.2" href="#7.12.5.2"><h5>7.12.5.2 The asinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.5.2" href="#7.12.5.2">7.12.5.2 The asinh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The asinh functions return arsinh x.
-<a name="7.12.5.3" href="#7.12.5.3"><h5>7.12.5.3 The atanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.5.3" href="#7.12.5.3">7.12.5.3 The atanh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The atanh functions return artanh x.
-<a name="7.12.5.4" href="#7.12.5.4"><h5>7.12.5.4 The cosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.5.4" href="#7.12.5.4">7.12.5.4 The cosh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The cosh functions return cosh x.
-<a name="7.12.5.5" href="#7.12.5.5"><h5>7.12.5.5 The sinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.5.5" href="#7.12.5.5">7.12.5.5 The sinh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The sinh functions return sinh x.
-<a name="7.12.5.6" href="#7.12.5.6"><h5>7.12.5.6 The tanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.5.6" href="#7.12.5.6">7.12.5.6 The tanh functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The tanh functions return tanh x.
-<a name="7.12.6" href="#7.12.6"><h4>7.12.6 Exponential and logarithmic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.6" href="#7.12.6">7.12.6 Exponential and logarithmic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.6.1" href="#7.12.6.1"><h5>7.12.6.1 The exp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.1" href="#7.12.6.1">7.12.6.1 The exp functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The exp functions return ex .
-<a name="7.12.6.2" href="#7.12.6.2"><h5>7.12.6.2 The exp2 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.2" href="#7.12.6.2">7.12.6.2 The exp2 functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The exp2 functions return 2x .
-<a name="7.12.6.3" href="#7.12.6.3"><h5>7.12.6.3 The expm1 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.3" href="#7.12.6.3">7.12.6.3 The expm1 functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note234" href="#note234">234)</a> For small magnitude x, expm1(x) is expected to be more accurate than exp(x) - 1.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.6.4" href="#7.12.6.4"><h5>7.12.6.4 The frexp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.4" href="#7.12.6.4">7.12.6.4 The frexp functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 261 -->
-<a name="7.12.6.5" href="#7.12.6.5"><h5>7.12.6.5 The ilogb functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.5" href="#7.12.6.5">7.12.6.5 The ilogb functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The ilogb functions return the exponent of x as a signed int value.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the logb functions (<a href="#7.12.6.11">7.12.6.11</a>).
-<a name="7.12.6.6" href="#7.12.6.6"><h5>7.12.6.6 The ldexp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.6" href="#7.12.6.6">7.12.6.6 The ldexp functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The ldexp functions return x x 2exp .
-<a name="7.12.6.7" href="#7.12.6.7"><h5>7.12.6.7 The log functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.7" href="#7.12.6.7">7.12.6.7 The log functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 262 -->
<p><!--para 3 -->
The log functions return loge x.
-<a name="7.12.6.8" href="#7.12.6.8"><h5>7.12.6.8 The log10 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.8" href="#7.12.6.8">7.12.6.8 The log10 functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The log10 functions return log10 x.
-<a name="7.12.6.9" href="#7.12.6.9"><h5>7.12.6.9 The log1p functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.9" href="#7.12.6.9">7.12.6.9 The log1p functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note235" href="#note235">235)</a> For small magnitude x, log1p(x) is expected to be more accurate than log(1 + x).
</small>
-<a name="7.12.6.10" href="#7.12.6.10"><h5>7.12.6.10 The log2 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.10" href="#7.12.6.10">7.12.6.10 The log2 functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The log2 functions return log2 x.
-<a name="7.12.6.11" href="#7.12.6.11"><h5>7.12.6.11 The logb functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.11" href="#7.12.6.11">7.12.6.11 The logb functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The logb functions return the signed exponent of x.
-<a name="7.12.6.12" href="#7.12.6.12"><h5>7.12.6.12 The modf functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.12" href="#7.12.6.12">7.12.6.12 The modf functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The modf functions return the signed fractional part of value.
-<a name="7.12.6.13" href="#7.12.6.13"><h5>7.12.6.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.6.13" href="#7.12.6.13">7.12.6.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The scalbn and scalbln functions return x x FLT_RADIXn .
-<a name="7.12.7" href="#7.12.7"><h4>7.12.7 Power and absolute-value functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.7" href="#7.12.7">7.12.7 Power and absolute-value functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.7.1" href="#7.12.7.1"><h5>7.12.7.1 The cbrt functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.7.1" href="#7.12.7.1">7.12.7.1 The cbrt functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The cbrt functions return x1/3 .
<!--page 265 -->
-<a name="7.12.7.2" href="#7.12.7.2"><h5>7.12.7.2 The fabs functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.7.2" href="#7.12.7.2">7.12.7.2 The fabs functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The fabs functions return | x |.
-<a name="7.12.7.3" href="#7.12.7.3"><h5>7.12.7.3 The hypot functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.7.3" href="#7.12.7.3">7.12.7.3 The hypot functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
-
-----</pre>
-<a name="7.12.7.4" href="#7.12.7.4"><h5>7.12.7.4 The pow functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.7.4" href="#7.12.7.4">7.12.7.4 The pow functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The pow functions return xy .
-<a name="7.12.7.5" href="#7.12.7.5"><h5>7.12.7.5 The sqrt functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.7.5" href="#7.12.7.5">7.12.7.5 The sqrt functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
-
-</pre>
-<a name="7.12.8" href="#7.12.8"><h4>7.12.8 Error and gamma functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.8" href="#7.12.8">7.12.8 Error and gamma functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.8.1" href="#7.12.8.1"><h5>7.12.8.1 The erf functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.8.1" href="#7.12.8.1">7.12.8.1 The erf functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
- 0</pre>
-<a name="7.12.8.2" href="#7.12.8.2"><h5>7.12.8.2 The erfc functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.8.2" href="#7.12.8.2">7.12.8.2 The erfc functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
- x</pre>
-<a name="7.12.8.3" href="#7.12.8.3"><h5>7.12.8.3 The lgamma functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.8.3" href="#7.12.8.3">7.12.8.3 The lgamma functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The lgamma functions return loge | (Gamma)(x) |.
-<a name="7.12.8.4" href="#7.12.8.4"><h5>7.12.8.4 The tgamma functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.8.4" href="#7.12.8.4">7.12.8.4 The tgamma functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The tgamma functions return (Gamma)(x).
<!--page 268 -->
-<a name="7.12.9" href="#7.12.9"><h4>7.12.9 Nearest integer functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.9" href="#7.12.9">7.12.9 Nearest integer functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.9.1" href="#7.12.9.1"><h5>7.12.9.1 The ceil functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.1" href="#7.12.9.1">7.12.9.1 The ceil functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The ceil functions return [^x^], expressed as a floating-point number.
-<a name="7.12.9.2" href="#7.12.9.2"><h5>7.12.9.2 The floor functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.2" href="#7.12.9.2">7.12.9.2 The floor functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The floor functions return [_x_], expressed as a floating-point number.
-<a name="7.12.9.3" href="#7.12.9.3"><h5>7.12.9.3 The nearbyint functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.3" href="#7.12.9.3">7.12.9.3 The nearbyint functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The nearbyint functions return the rounded integer value.
-<a name="7.12.9.4" href="#7.12.9.4"><h5>7.12.9.4 The rint functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.4" href="#7.12.9.4">7.12.9.4 The rint functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The rint functions return the rounded integer value.
-<a name="7.12.9.5" href="#7.12.9.5"><h5>7.12.9.5 The lrint and llrint functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.5" href="#7.12.9.5">7.12.9.5 The lrint and llrint functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The lrint and llrint functions return the rounded integer value.
<!--page 270 -->
-<a name="7.12.9.6" href="#7.12.9.6"><h5>7.12.9.6 The round functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.6" href="#7.12.9.6">7.12.9.6 The round functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The round functions return the rounded integer value.
-<a name="7.12.9.7" href="#7.12.9.7"><h5>7.12.9.7 The lround and llround functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.7" href="#7.12.9.7">7.12.9.7 The lround and llround functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The lround and llround functions return the rounded integer value.
-<a name="7.12.9.8" href="#7.12.9.8"><h5>7.12.9.8 The trunc functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.9.8" href="#7.12.9.8">7.12.9.8 The trunc functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 271 -->
<p><!--para 3 -->
The trunc functions return the truncated integer value.
-<a name="7.12.10" href="#7.12.10"><h4>7.12.10 Remainder functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.10" href="#7.12.10">7.12.10 Remainder functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.10.1" href="#7.12.10.1"><h5>7.12.10.1 The fmod functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.10.1" href="#7.12.10.1">7.12.10.1 The fmod functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
whether a domain error occurs or the fmod functions return zero is implementation-
defined.
-<a name="7.12.10.2" href="#7.12.10.2"><h5>7.12.10.2 The remainder functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.10.2" href="#7.12.10.2">7.12.10.2 The remainder functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
all implementations.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.10.3" href="#7.12.10.3"><h5>7.12.10.3 The remquo functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.10.3" href="#7.12.10.3">7.12.10.3 The remquo functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
pointed to by quo is unspecified and whether a domain error occurs or the functions
return zero is implementation defined.
-<a name="7.12.11" href="#7.12.11"><h4>7.12.11 Manipulation functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.11" href="#7.12.11">7.12.11 Manipulation functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.11.1" href="#7.12.11.1"><h5>7.12.11.1 The copysign functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.11.1" href="#7.12.11.1">7.12.11.1 The copysign functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The copysign functions return a value with the magnitude of x and the sign of y.
<!--page 273 -->
-<a name="7.12.11.2" href="#7.12.11.2"><h5>7.12.11.2 The nan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.11.2" href="#7.12.11.2">7.12.11.2 The nan functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If the implementation does not support quiet NaNs, the functions return zero.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (<a href="#7.22.1.3">7.22.1.3</a>).
-<a name="7.12.11.3" href="#7.12.11.3"><h5>7.12.11.3 The nextafter functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.11.3" href="#7.12.11.3">7.12.11.3 The nextafter functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
function.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.11.4" href="#7.12.11.4"><h5>7.12.11.4 The nexttoward functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.11.4" href="#7.12.11.4">7.12.11.4 The nexttoward functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
range or precision in a floating second argument.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.12" href="#7.12.12"><h4>7.12.12 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.12" href="#7.12.12">7.12.12 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.12.1" href="#7.12.12.1"><h5>7.12.12.1 The fdim functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.12.1" href="#7.12.12.1">7.12.12.1 The fdim functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The fdim functions return the positive difference value.
-<a name="7.12.12.2" href="#7.12.12.2"><h5>7.12.12.2 The fmax functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.12.2" href="#7.12.12.2">7.12.12.2 The fmax functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
fmax functions choose the numeric value. See <a href="#F.10.9.2">F.10.9.2</a>.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.12.3" href="#7.12.12.3"><h5>7.12.12.3 The fmin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.12.3" href="#7.12.12.3">7.12.12.3 The fmin functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note240" href="#note240">240)</a> The fmin functions are analogous to the fmax functions in their treatment of NaNs.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.13" href="#7.12.13"><h4>7.12.13 Floating multiply-add</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.13" href="#7.12.13">7.12.13 Floating multiply-add</a></h4>
-<a name="7.12.13.1" href="#7.12.13.1"><h5>7.12.13.1 The fma functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.13.1" href="#7.12.13.1">7.12.13.1 The fma functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 276 -->
-<a name="7.12.14" href="#7.12.14"><h4>7.12.14 Comparison macros</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.12.14" href="#7.12.14">7.12.14 Comparison macros</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The relational and equality operators support the usual mathematical relationships
between numeric values. For any ordered pair of numeric values exactly one of the
type is unspecified.
</small>
-<a name="7.12.14.1" href="#7.12.14.1"><h5>7.12.14.1 The isgreater macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.14.1" href="#7.12.14.1">7.12.14.1 The isgreater macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The isgreater macro returns the value of (x) > (y).
-<a name="7.12.14.2" href="#7.12.14.2"><h5>7.12.14.2 The isgreaterequal macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.14.2" href="#7.12.14.2">7.12.14.2 The isgreaterequal macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The isgreaterequal macro returns the value of (x) >= (y).
-<a name="7.12.14.3" href="#7.12.14.3"><h5>7.12.14.3 The isless macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.14.3" href="#7.12.14.3">7.12.14.3 The isless macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The isless macro returns the value of (x) < (y).
-<a name="7.12.14.4" href="#7.12.14.4"><h5>7.12.14.4 The islessequal macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.14.4" href="#7.12.14.4">7.12.14.4 The islessequal macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The islessequal macro returns the value of (x) <= (y).
<!--page 278 -->
-<a name="7.12.14.5" href="#7.12.14.5"><h5>7.12.14.5 The islessgreater macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.14.5" href="#7.12.14.5">7.12.14.5 The islessgreater macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The islessgreater macro returns the value of (x) < (y) || (x) > (y).
-<a name="7.12.14.6" href="#7.12.14.6"><h5>7.12.14.6 The isunordered macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.12.14.6" href="#7.12.14.6">7.12.14.6 The isunordered macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The isunordered macro returns 1 if its arguments are unordered and 0 otherwise.
<!--page 279 -->
-<a name="7.13" href="#7.13"><h3>7.13 Nonlocal jumps <setjmp.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.13" href="#7.13">7.13 Nonlocal jumps <setjmp.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.13"><setjmp.h></a> defines the macro setjmp, and declares one function and
one type, for bypassing the normal function call and return discipline.<sup><a href="#note244"><b>244)</b></a></sup>
a program.
</small>
-<a name="7.13.1" href="#7.13.1"><h4>7.13.1 Save calling environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.13.1" href="#7.13.1">7.13.1 Save calling environment</a></h4>
-<a name="7.13.1.1" href="#7.13.1.1"><h5>7.13.1.1 The setjmp macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.13.1.1" href="#7.13.1.1">7.13.1.1 The setjmp macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If the return is from a direct invocation, the setjmp macro returns the value zero. If the
return is from a call to the longjmp function, the setjmp macro returns a nonzero
value.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 4 -->
An invocation of the setjmp macro shall appear only in one of the following contexts:
<ul>
<p><!--para 5 -->
If the invocation appears in any other context, the behavior is undefined.
-<a name="7.13.2" href="#7.13.2"><h4>7.13.2 Restore calling environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.13.2" href="#7.13.2">7.13.2 Restore calling environment</a></h4>
-<a name="7.13.2.1" href="#7.13.2.1"><h5>7.13.2.1 The longjmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.13.2.1" href="#7.13.2.1">7.13.2.1 The longjmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note246" href="#note246">246)</a> This includes, but is not limited to, the floating-point status flags and the state of open files.
</small>
-<a name="7.14" href="#7.14"><h3>7.14 Signal handling <signal.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.14" href="#7.14">7.14 Signal handling <signal.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.14"><signal.h></a> declares a type and two functions and defines several macros,
for handling various signals (conditions that may be reported during program execution).
and termination.
</small>
-<a name="7.14.1" href="#7.14.1"><h4>7.14.1 Specify signal handling</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.14.1" href="#7.14.1">7.14.1 Specify signal handling</a></h4>
-<a name="7.14.1.1" href="#7.14.1.1"><h5>7.14.1.1 The signal function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.14.1.1" href="#7.14.1.1">7.14.1.1 The signal function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note249" href="#note249">249)</a> If any signal is generated by an asynchronous signal handler, the behavior is undefined.
</small>
-<a name="7.14.2" href="#7.14.2"><h4>7.14.2 Send signal</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.14.2" href="#7.14.2">7.14.2 Send signal</a></h4>
-<a name="7.14.2.1" href="#7.14.2.1"><h5>7.14.2.1 The raise function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.14.2.1" href="#7.14.2.1">7.14.2.1 The raise function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The raise function returns zero if successful, nonzero if unsuccessful.
<!--page 285 -->
-<a name="7.15" href="#7.15"><h3>7.15 Alignment <stdalign.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.15" href="#7.15">7.15 Alignment <stdalign.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.15"><stdalign.h></a> defines two macros.
<p><!--para 2 -->
which expands to the integer constant 1.
<!--page 286 -->
-<a name="7.16" href="#7.16"><h3>7.16 Variable arguments <stdarg.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.16" href="#7.16">7.16 Variable arguments <stdarg.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.16"><stdarg.h></a> declares a type and defines four macros, for advancing
through a list of arguments whose number and types are not known to the called function
case the original function may make further use of the original list after the other function returns.
</small>
-<a name="7.16.1" href="#7.16.1"><h4>7.16.1 Variable argument list access macros</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.16.1" href="#7.16.1">7.16.1 Variable argument list access macros</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The va_start and va_arg macros described in this subclause shall be implemented
as macros, not functions. It is unspecified whether va_copy and va_end are macros or
shall be matched by a corresponding invocation of the va_end macro in the same
function.
-<a name="7.16.1.1" href="#7.16.1.1"><h5>7.16.1.1 The va_arg macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.16.1.1" href="#7.16.1.1">7.16.1.1 The va_arg macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
value of the argument after that specified by parmN . Successive invocations return the
values of the remaining arguments in succession.
-<a name="7.16.1.2" href="#7.16.1.2"><h5>7.16.1.2 The va_copy macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.16.1.2" href="#7.16.1.2">7.16.1.2 The va_copy macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The va_copy macro returns no value.
-<a name="7.16.1.3" href="#7.16.1.3"><h5>7.16.1.3 The va_end macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.16.1.3" href="#7.16.1.3">7.16.1.3 The va_end macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The va_end macro returns no value.
-<a name="7.16.1.4" href="#7.16.1.4"><h5>7.16.1.4 The va_start macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.16.1.4" href="#7.16.1.4">7.16.1.4 The va_start macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
f4(n_ptrs, array);
}</pre>
-<a name="7.17" href="#7.17"><h3>7.17 Atomics <stdatomic.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.17" href="#7.17">7.17 Atomics <stdatomic.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.17.1" href="#7.17.1"><h4>7.17.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.1" href="#7.17.1">7.17.1 Introduction</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.17"><stdatomic.h></a> defines several macros and declares several types and
functions for performing atomic operations on data shared between threads.
operations to volatile objects.
-<a name="7.17.2" href="#7.17.2"><h4>7.17.2 Initialization</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.2" href="#7.17.2">7.17.2 Initialization</a></h4>
-<a name="7.17.2.1" href="#7.17.2.1"><h5>7.17.2.1 The ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.2.1" href="#7.17.2.1">7.17.2.1 The ATOMIC_VAR_INIT macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
atomic_int guide = ATOMIC_VAR_INIT(42);</pre>
-<a name="7.17.2.2" href="#7.17.2.2"><h5>7.17.2.2 The atomic_init generic function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.2.2" href="#7.17.2.2">7.17.2.2 The atomic_init generic function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
atomic_init(&guide, 42);</pre>
-<a name="7.17.3" href="#7.17.3"><h4>7.17.3 Order and consistency</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.3" href="#7.17.3">7.17.3 Order and consistency</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The enumerated type memory_order specifies the detailed regular (non-atomic)
memory synchronization operations as defined in <a href="#5.1.2.4">5.1.2.4</a> and may provide for operation
in the computation of 42. In the absence of ''relaxed'' operations and read-modify-write operations with
weaker than memory_order_acq_rel ordering, the second requirement has no impact.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 15 -->
The requirements do not forbid r1 == 42 && r2 == 42 in the following example,
with x and y initially zero:
<p><small><a name="note251" href="#note251">251)</a> Among other implications, atomic variables shall not decay.
</small>
-<a name="7.17.3.1" href="#7.17.3.1"><h5>7.17.3.1 The kill_dependency macro</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.3.1" href="#7.17.3.1">7.17.3.1 The kill_dependency macro</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The kill_dependency macro returns the value of y.
-<a name="7.17.4" href="#7.17.4"><h4>7.17.4 Fences</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.4" href="#7.17.4">7.17.4 Fences</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This subclause introduces synchronization primitives called fences. Fences can have
acquire semantics, release semantics, or both. A fence with acquire semantics is called
sequenced before B and reads the value written by A or a value written by any side effect
in the release sequence headed by A.
-<a name="7.17.4.1" href="#7.17.4.1"><h5>7.17.4.1 The atomic_thread_fence function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.4.1" href="#7.17.4.1">7.17.4.1 The atomic_thread_fence function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The atomic_thread_fence function returns no value.
-<a name="7.17.4.2" href="#7.17.4.2"><h5>7.17.4.2 The atomic_signal_fence function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.4.2" href="#7.17.4.2">7.17.4.2 The atomic_signal_fence function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 5 -->
The atomic_signal_fence function returns no value.
-<a name="7.17.5" href="#7.17.5"><h4>7.17.5 Lock-free property</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.5" href="#7.17.5">7.17.5 Lock-free property</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The atomic lock-free macros indicate the lock-free property of integer and address atomic
types. A value of 0 indicates that the type is never lock-free; a value of 1 indicates that
process more than once and memory shared between two processes.
-<a name="7.17.5.1" href="#7.17.5.1"><h5>7.17.5.1 The atomic_is_lock_free generic function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.5.1" href="#7.17.5.1">7.17.5.1 The atomic_is_lock_free generic function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 297 -->
inferred from the result of a lock-free query on another object.
-<a name="7.17.6" href="#7.17.6"><h4>7.17.6 Atomic integer and address types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.6" href="#7.17.6">7.17.6 Atomic integer and address types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
For each line in the following table, the atomic type name is declared as the
corresponding direct type.
to port existing code.
-<a name="7.17.7" href="#7.17.7"><h4>7.17.7 Operations on atomic types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.7" href="#7.17.7">7.17.7 Operations on atomic types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
There are only a few kinds of operations on atomic types, though there are many
instances of those kinds. This subclause specifies each general kind.
-<a name="7.17.7.1" href="#7.17.7.1"><h5>7.17.7.1 The atomic_store generic functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.7.1" href="#7.17.7.1">7.17.7.1 The atomic_store generic functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The atomic_store generic functions return no value.
-<a name="7.17.7.2" href="#7.17.7.2"><h5>7.17.7.2 The atomic_load generic functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.7.2" href="#7.17.7.2">7.17.7.2 The atomic_load generic functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
Atomically returns the value pointed to by object.
<!--page 300 -->
-<a name="7.17.7.3" href="#7.17.7.3"><h5>7.17.7.3 The atomic_exchange generic functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.7.3" href="#7.17.7.3">7.17.7.3 The atomic_exchange generic functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
Atomically returns the value pointed to by object immediately before the effects.
-<a name="7.17.7.4" href="#7.17.7.4"><h5>7.17.7.4 The atomic_compare_exchange generic functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.7.4" href="#7.17.7.4">7.17.7.4 The atomic_compare_exchange generic functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 7 -->
The result of the comparison.
-<a name="7.17.7.5" href="#7.17.7.5"><h5>7.17.7.5 The atomic_fetch and modify generic functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.7.5" href="#7.17.7.5">7.17.7.5 The atomic_fetch and modify generic functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following operations perform arithmetic and bitwise computations. All of these
operations are applicable to an object of any atomic integer type. Only addition and
atomic_fetch and modify generic functions is the previous value of the atomic object.
-<a name="7.17.8" href="#7.17.8"><h4>7.17.8 Atomic flag type and operations</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.17.8" href="#7.17.8">7.17.8 Atomic flag type and operations</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The atomic_flag type provides the classic test-and-set functionality. It has two
states, set and clear.
atomic_flag guard = ATOMIC_FLAG_INIT;</pre>
-<a name="7.17.8.1" href="#7.17.8.1"><h5>7.17.8.1 The atomic_flag_test_and_set functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.8.1" href="#7.17.8.1">7.17.8.1 The atomic_flag_test_and_set functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
Atomically, the value of the object immediately before the effects.
-<a name="7.17.8.2" href="#7.17.8.2"><h5>7.17.8.2 The atomic_flag_clear functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.17.8.2" href="#7.17.8.2">7.17.8.2 The atomic_flag_clear functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The atomic_flag_clear functions return no value.
<!--page 304 -->
-<a name="7.18" href="#7.18"><h3>7.18 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.18" href="#7.18">7.18 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.18"><stdbool.h></a> defines four macros.
<p><!--para 2 -->
<p><small><a name="note252" href="#note252">252)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.7">7.30.7</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.19" href="#7.19"><h3>7.19 Common definitions <stddef.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.19" href="#7.19">7.19 Common definitions <stddef.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.19"><stddef.h></a> defines the following macros and declares the following types.
Some are also defined in other headers, as noted in their respective subclauses.
static type t;</pre>
then the expression &(t.member-designator) evaluates to an address constant. (If the
specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 4 -->
The types used for size_t and ptrdiff_t should not have an integer conversion rank
greater than that of signed long int unless the implementation supports objects
<p><b> Forward references</b>: localization (<a href="#7.11">7.11</a>).
<!--page 307 -->
-<a name="7.20" href="#7.20"><h3>7.20 Integer types <stdint.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.20" href="#7.20">7.20 Integer types <stdint.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a> declares sets of integer types having specified widths, and
defines corresponding sets of macros.<sup><a href="#note253"><b>253)</b></a></sup> It also defines macros that specify limits of
<p><small><a name="note254" href="#note254">254)</a> Some of these types may denote implementation-defined extended integer types.
</small>
-<a name="7.20.1" href="#7.20.1"><h4>7.20.1 Integer types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.20.1" href="#7.20.1">7.20.1 Integer types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When typedef names differing only in the absence or presence of the initial u are defined,
they shall denote corresponding signed and unsigned types as described in <a href="#6.2.5">6.2.5</a>; an
<!--page 308 -->
-<a name="7.20.1.1" href="#7.20.1.1"><h5>7.20.1.1 Exact-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.1.1" href="#7.20.1.1">7.20.1.1 Exact-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The typedef name intN_t designates a signed integer type with width N , no padding
bits, and a two's complement representation. Thus, int8_t denotes such a signed
widths of 8, 16, 32, or 64 bits, no padding bits, and (for the signed types) that have a
two's complement representation, it shall define the corresponding typedef names.
-<a name="7.20.1.2" href="#7.20.1.2"><h5>7.20.1.2 Minimum-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.1.2" href="#7.20.1.2">7.20.1.2 Minimum-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The typedef name int_leastN_t designates a signed integer type with a width of at
least N , such that no signed integer type with lesser size has at least the specified width.
int_least64_t uint_least64_t</pre>
All other types of this form are optional.
-<a name="7.20.1.3" href="#7.20.1.3"><h5>7.20.1.3 Fastest minimum-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.1.3" href="#7.20.1.3">7.20.1.3 Fastest minimum-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each of the following types designates an integer type that is usually fastest<sup><a href="#note255"><b>255)</b></a></sup> to operate
with among all integer types that have at least the specified width.
signedness and width requirements.
</small>
-<a name="7.20.1.4" href="#7.20.1.4"><h5>7.20.1.4 Integer types capable of holding object pointers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.1.4" href="#7.20.1.4">7.20.1.4 Integer types capable of holding object pointers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following type designates a signed integer type with the property that any valid
pointer to void can be converted to this type, then converted back to pointer to void,
uintptr_t</pre>
These types are optional.
-<a name="7.20.1.5" href="#7.20.1.5"><h5>7.20.1.5 Greatest-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.1.5" href="#7.20.1.5">7.20.1.5 Greatest-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following type designates a signed integer type capable of representing any value of
any signed integer type:
uintmax_t</pre>
These types are required.
-<a name="7.20.2" href="#7.20.2"><h4>7.20.2 Limits of specified-width integer types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.20.2" href="#7.20.2">7.20.2 Limits of specified-width integer types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following object-like macros specify the minimum and maximum limits of the types *
declared in <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a>. Each macro name corresponds to a similar type name in
except where stated to be exactly the given value.
<!--page 310 -->
-<a name="7.20.2.1" href="#7.20.2.1"><h5>7.20.2.1 Limits of exact-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.2.1" href="#7.20.2.1">7.20.2.1 Limits of exact-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> minimum values of exact-width signed integer types
UINTN_MAX exactly 2 N - 1
</ul>
-<a name="7.20.2.2" href="#7.20.2.2"><h5>7.20.2.2 Limits of minimum-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.2.2" href="#7.20.2.2">7.20.2.2 Limits of minimum-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> minimum values of minimum-width signed integer types
UINT_LEASTN_MAX 2N - 1
</ul>
-<a name="7.20.2.3" href="#7.20.2.3"><h5>7.20.2.3 Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.2.3" href="#7.20.2.3">7.20.2.3 Limits of fastest minimum-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> minimum values of fastest minimum-width signed integer types
UINT_FASTN_MAX 2N - 1
</ul>
-<a name="7.20.2.4" href="#7.20.2.4"><h5>7.20.2.4 Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.2.4" href="#7.20.2.4">7.20.2.4 Limits of integer types capable of holding object pointers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> minimum value of pointer-holding signed integer type
<!--page 311 -->
</ul>
-<a name="7.20.2.5" href="#7.20.2.5"><h5>7.20.2.5 Limits of greatest-width integer types</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.2.5" href="#7.20.2.5">7.20.2.5 Limits of greatest-width integer types</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> minimum value of greatest-width signed integer type
UINTMAX_MAX 264 - 1
</ul>
-<a name="7.20.3" href="#7.20.3"><h4>7.20.3 Limits of other integer types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.20.3" href="#7.20.3">7.20.3 Limits of other integer types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following object-like macros specify the minimum and maximum limits of integer *
types corresponding to types defined in other standard headers.
character set.
</small>
-<a name="7.20.4" href="#7.20.4"><h4>7.20.4 Macros for integer constants</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.20.4" href="#7.20.4">7.20.4 Macros for integer constants</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following function-like macros expand to integer constants suitable for initializing *
objects that have integer types corresponding to types defined in <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a>. Each
the same type as would an expression of the corresponding type converted according to
the integer promotions. The value of the expression shall be that of the argument.
-<a name="7.20.4.1" href="#7.20.4.1"><h5>7.20.4.1 Macros for minimum-width integer constants</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.4.1" href="#7.20.4.1">7.20.4.1 Macros for minimum-width integer constants</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The macro INTN_C(value) shall expand to an integer constant expression
corresponding to the type int_leastN_t. The macro UINTN_C(value) shall expand
<!--page 313 -->
-<a name="7.20.4.2" href="#7.20.4.2"><h5>7.20.4.2 Macros for greatest-width integer constants</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.20.4.2" href="#7.20.4.2">7.20.4.2 Macros for greatest-width integer constants</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following macro expands to an integer constant expression having the value specified
by its argument and the type intmax_t:
<pre>
UINTMAX_C(value)</pre>
-<a name="7.21" href="#7.21"><h3>7.21 Input/output <stdio.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.21" href="#7.21">7.21 Input/output <stdio.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.21.1" href="#7.21.1"><h4>7.21.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.1" href="#7.21.1">7.21.1 Introduction</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.21"><stdio.h></a> defines several macros, and declares three types and many
functions for performing input and output.
all possible strings of length FILENAME_MAX cannot be expected to be opened successfully.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.2" href="#7.21.2"><h4>7.21.2 Streams</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.2" href="#7.21.2">7.21.2 Streams</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Input and output, whether to or from physical devices such as terminals and tape drives,
or whether to or from files supported on structured storage devices, are mapped into
value of this mbstate_t object as part of the value of the fpos_t object. A later
successful call to fsetpos using the same stored fpos_t value restores the value of
the associated mbstate_t object as well as the position within the controlled stream.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 7 -->
An implementation shall support text files with lines containing at least 254 characters,
including the terminating new-line character. The value of the macro BUFSIZ shall be at
<p><small><a name="note260" href="#note260">260)</a> The three predefined streams stdin, stdout, and stderr are unoriented at program startup.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.3" href="#7.21.3"><h4>7.21.3 Files</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.3" href="#7.21.3">7.21.3 Files</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A stream is associated with an external file (which may be a physical device) by opening
a file, which may involve creating a new file. Creating an existing file causes its former
multibyte character. The wide character input/output functions and the byte input/output
functions store the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno if and only if an encoding error
occurs.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 15 -->
The value of FOPEN_MAX shall be at least eight, including the three standard text
streams.
with state-dependent encoding that does not assuredly end in the initial shift state.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.4" href="#7.21.4"><h4>7.21.4 Operations on files</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.4" href="#7.21.4">7.21.4 Operations on files</a></h4>
-<a name="7.21.4.1" href="#7.21.4.1"><h5>7.21.4.1 The remove function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.4.1" href="#7.21.4.1">7.21.4.1 The remove function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The remove function returns zero if the operation succeeds, nonzero if it fails.
-<a name="7.21.4.2" href="#7.21.4.2"><h5>7.21.4.2 The rename function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.4.2" href="#7.21.4.2">7.21.4.2 The rename function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
or that it is necessary to copy its contents to effectuate its renaming.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.4.3" href="#7.21.4.3"><h5>7.21.4.3 The tmpfile function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.4.3" href="#7.21.4.3">7.21.4.3 The tmpfile function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
existing file and that will automatically be removed when it is closed or at program
termination. If the program terminates abnormally, whether an open temporary file is
removed is implementation-defined. The file is opened for update with "wb+" mode.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
It should be possible to open at least TMP_MAX temporary files during the lifetime of the
program (this limit may be shared with tmpnam) and there should be no limit on the
cannot be created, the tmpfile function returns a null pointer.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the fopen function (<a href="#7.21.5.3">7.21.5.3</a>).
-<a name="7.21.4.4" href="#7.21.4.4"><h5>7.21.4.4 The tmpnam function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.4.4" href="#7.21.4.4">7.21.4.4 The tmpnam function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
function may modify the same object). If the argument is not a null pointer, it is assumed
to point to an array of at least L_tmpnam chars; the tmpnam function writes its result
in that array and returns the argument as its value.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 6 -->
The value of the macro TMP_MAX shall be at least 25.
is ended, and before program termination.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.5" href="#7.21.5"><h4>7.21.5 File access functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.5" href="#7.21.5">7.21.5 File access functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.21.5.1" href="#7.21.5.1"><h5>7.21.5.1 The fclose function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.5.1" href="#7.21.5.1">7.21.5.1 The fclose function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
errors were detected.
<!--page 323 -->
-<a name="7.21.5.2" href="#7.21.5.2"><h5>7.21.5.2 The fflush function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.5.2" href="#7.21.5.2">7.21.5.2 The fflush function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
error occurs, otherwise it returns zero.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the fopen function (<a href="#7.21.5.3">7.21.5.3</a>).
-<a name="7.21.5.3" href="#7.21.5.3"><h5>7.21.5.3 The fopen function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.5.3" href="#7.21.5.3">7.21.5.3 The fopen function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
conform to the properties in <a href="#7.21.2">7.21.2</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.21.5.4" href="#7.21.5.4"><h5>7.21.5.4 The freopen function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.5.4" href="#7.21.5.4">7.21.5.4 The freopen function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
returned by the fopen function may be assigned.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.5.5" href="#7.21.5.5"><h5>7.21.5.5 The setbuf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.5.5" href="#7.21.5.5">7.21.5.5 The setbuf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The setbuf function returns no value.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the setvbuf function (<a href="#7.21.5.6">7.21.5.6</a>).
-<a name="7.21.5.6" href="#7.21.5.6"><h5>7.21.5.6 The setvbuf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.5.6" href="#7.21.5.6">7.21.5.6 The setvbuf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
before a buffer that has automatic storage duration is deallocated upon block exit.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.6" href="#7.21.6"><h4>7.21.6 Formatted input/output functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.6" href="#7.21.6">7.21.6 Formatted input/output functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The formatted input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence point after the
actions associated with each specifier.<sup><a href="#note267"><b>267)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note267" href="#note267">267)</a> The fprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.6.1" href="#7.21.6.1"><h5>7.21.6.1 The fprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.1" href="#7.21.6.1">7.21.6.1 The fprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 11 -->
For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded
to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 12 -->
For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly
representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers
<p><!--para 14 -->
The fprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value
if an output or encoding error occurred.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 15 -->
The number of characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at least
4095.
the case of fixed-point conversion by the source value as well.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.6.2" href="#7.21.6.2"><h5>7.21.6.2 The fscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.2" href="#7.21.6.2">7.21.6.2 The fscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
corresponding argument shall be a pointer to the initial element of an array of
wchar_t large enough to accept the resulting sequence of wide characters.
No null wide character is added.</pre>
- s Matches a sequence of non-white-space characters.279)
+ s Matches a sequence of non-white-space characters.<sup><a href="#note279"><b>279)</b></a></sup>
<pre>
If no l length modifier is present, the corresponding argument shall be a
pointer to the initial element of a character array large enough to accept the
added automatically.</pre>
[ Matches a nonempty sequence of characters from a set of expected characters
<pre>
- (the scanset).279)
+ (the scanset).<sup><a href="#note279"><b>279)</b></a></sup>
If no l length modifier is present, the corresponding argument shall be a
pointer to the initial element of a character array large enough to accept the
sequence and a terminating null character, which will be added automatically.
<p><small><a name="note280" href="#note280">280)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.9">7.30.9</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.21.6.3" href="#7.21.6.3"><h5>7.21.6.3 The printf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.3" href="#7.21.6.3">7.21.6.3 The printf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The printf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value if
an output or encoding error occurred.
-<a name="7.21.6.4" href="#7.21.6.4"><h5>7.21.6.4 The scanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.4" href="#7.21.6.4">7.21.6.4 The scanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even zero, in
the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.21.6.5" href="#7.21.6.5"><h5>7.21.6.5 The snprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.5" href="#7.21.6.5">7.21.6.5 The snprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
value if an encoding error occurred. Thus, the null-terminated output has been
completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and less than n.
-<a name="7.21.6.6" href="#7.21.6.6"><h5>7.21.6.6 The sprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.6" href="#7.21.6.6">7.21.6.6 The sprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.
<!--page 344 -->
-<a name="7.21.6.7" href="#7.21.6.7"><h5>7.21.6.7 The sscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.7" href="#7.21.6.7">7.21.6.7 The sscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.21.6.8" href="#7.21.6.8"><h5>7.21.6.8 The vfprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.8" href="#7.21.6.8">7.21.6.8 The vfprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
vsscanf invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.6.9" href="#7.21.6.9"><h5>7.21.6.9 The vfscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.9" href="#7.21.6.9">7.21.6.9 The vfscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vfscanf function is equivalent to fscanf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfscanf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.281)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note281"><b>281)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vfscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.21.6.10" href="#7.21.6.10"><h5>7.21.6.10 The vprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.10" href="#7.21.6.10">7.21.6.10 The vprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
<!--page 346 -->
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vprintf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.281)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note281"><b>281)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vprintf function returns the number of characters transmitted, or a negative value
if an output or encoding error occurred.
-<a name="7.21.6.11" href="#7.21.6.11"><h5>7.21.6.11 The vscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.11" href="#7.21.6.11">7.21.6.11 The vscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vscanf function is equivalent to scanf, with the variable argument list replaced
by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and possibly
subsequent va_arg calls). The vscanf function does not invoke the va_end
- macro.281)
+ macro.<sup><a href="#note281"><b>281)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.21.6.12" href="#7.21.6.12"><h5>7.21.6.12 The vsnprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.12" href="#7.21.6.12">7.21.6.12 The vsnprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vsnprintf function is equivalent to snprintf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsnprintf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.281) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note281"><b>281)</b></a></sup> If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
undefined.
<!--page 347 -->
<h6>Returns</h6>
value if an encoding error occurred. Thus, the null-terminated output has been
completely written if and only if the returned value is nonnegative and less than n.
-<a name="7.21.6.13" href="#7.21.6.13"><h5>7.21.6.13 The vsprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.13" href="#7.21.6.13">7.21.6.13 The vsprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vsprintf function is equivalent to sprintf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsprintf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.281) If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note281"><b>281)</b></a></sup> If copying takes place between objects that overlap, the behavior is
undefined.
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vsprintf function returns the number of characters written in the array, not
counting the terminating null character, or a negative value if an encoding error occurred.
-<a name="7.21.6.14" href="#7.21.6.14"><h5>7.21.6.14 The vsscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.6.14" href="#7.21.6.14">7.21.6.14 The vsscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vsscanf function is equivalent to sscanf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vsscanf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.281)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note281"><b>281)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vsscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.21.7" href="#7.21.7"><h4>7.21.7 Character input/output functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.7" href="#7.21.7">7.21.7 Character input/output functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.21.7.1" href="#7.21.7.1"><h5>7.21.7.1 The fgetc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.1" href="#7.21.7.1">7.21.7.1 The fgetc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note282" href="#note282">282)</a> An end-of-file and a read error can be distinguished by use of the feof and ferror functions.
</small>
-<a name="7.21.7.2" href="#7.21.7.2"><h5>7.21.7.2 The fgets function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.2" href="#7.21.7.2">7.21.7.2 The fgets function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 349 -->
-<a name="7.21.7.3" href="#7.21.7.3"><h5>7.21.7.3 The fputc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.3" href="#7.21.7.3">7.21.7.3 The fputc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The fputc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
indicator for the stream is set and fputc returns EOF.
-<a name="7.21.7.4" href="#7.21.7.4"><h5>7.21.7.4 The fputs function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.4" href="#7.21.7.4">7.21.7.4 The fputs function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The fputs function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a
nonnegative value.
-<a name="7.21.7.5" href="#7.21.7.5"><h5>7.21.7.5 The getc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.5" href="#7.21.7.5">7.21.7.5 The getc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
getc returns EOF. If a read error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and
getc returns EOF.
-<a name="7.21.7.6" href="#7.21.7.6"><h5>7.21.7.6 The getchar function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.6" href="#7.21.7.6">7.21.7.6 The getchar function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
getchar returns EOF. If a read error occurs, the error indicator for the stream is set and
getchar returns EOF. *
-<a name="7.21.7.7" href="#7.21.7.7"><h5>7.21.7.7 The putc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.7" href="#7.21.7.7">7.21.7.7 The putc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The putc function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
indicator for the stream is set and putc returns EOF.
-<a name="7.21.7.8" href="#7.21.7.8"><h5>7.21.7.8 The putchar function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.8" href="#7.21.7.8">7.21.7.8 The putchar function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The putchar function returns the character written. If a write error occurs, the error
indicator for the stream is set and putchar returns EOF.
-<a name="7.21.7.9" href="#7.21.7.9"><h5>7.21.7.9 The puts function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.9" href="#7.21.7.9">7.21.7.9 The puts function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The puts function returns EOF if a write error occurs; otherwise it returns a nonnegative
value.
-<a name="7.21.7.10" href="#7.21.7.10"><h5>7.21.7.10 The ungetc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.7.10" href="#7.21.7.10">7.21.7.10 The ungetc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note283" href="#note283">283)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.9">7.30.9</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.21.8" href="#7.21.8"><h4>7.21.8 Direct input/output functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.8" href="#7.21.8">7.21.8 Direct input/output functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.21.8.1" href="#7.21.8.1"><h5>7.21.8.1 The fread function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.8.1" href="#7.21.8.1">7.21.8.1 The fread function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 353 -->
-<a name="7.21.8.2" href="#7.21.8.2"><h5>7.21.8.2 The fwrite function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.8.2" href="#7.21.8.2">7.21.8.2 The fwrite function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
less than nmemb only if a write error is encountered. If size or nmemb is zero,
fwrite returns zero and the state of the stream remains unchanged.
-<a name="7.21.9" href="#7.21.9"><h4>7.21.9 File positioning functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.9" href="#7.21.9">7.21.9 File positioning functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.21.9.1" href="#7.21.9.1"><h5>7.21.9.1 The fgetpos function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.9.1" href="#7.21.9.1">7.21.9.1 The fgetpos function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the fsetpos function (<a href="#7.21.9.3">7.21.9.3</a>).
<!--page 354 -->
-<a name="7.21.9.2" href="#7.21.9.2"><h5>7.21.9.2 The fseek function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.9.2" href="#7.21.9.2">7.21.9.2 The fseek function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The fseek function returns nonzero only for a request that cannot be satisfied.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the ftell function (<a href="#7.21.9.4">7.21.9.4</a>).
-<a name="7.21.9.3" href="#7.21.9.3"><h5>7.21.9.3 The fsetpos function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.9.3" href="#7.21.9.3">7.21.9.3 The fsetpos function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If successful, the fsetpos function returns zero; on failure, the fsetpos function
returns nonzero and stores an implementation-defined positive value in errno.
-<a name="7.21.9.4" href="#7.21.9.4"><h5>7.21.9.4 The ftell function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.9.4" href="#7.21.9.4">7.21.9.4 The ftell function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
for the stream. On failure, the ftell function returns -1L and stores an
implementation-defined positive value in errno.
-<a name="7.21.9.5" href="#7.21.9.5"><h5>7.21.9.5 The rewind function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.9.5" href="#7.21.9.5">7.21.9.5 The rewind function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The rewind function returns no value.
<!--page 356 -->
-<a name="7.21.10" href="#7.21.10"><h4>7.21.10 Error-handling functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.21.10" href="#7.21.10">7.21.10 Error-handling functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.21.10.1" href="#7.21.10.1"><h5>7.21.10.1 The clearerr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.10.1" href="#7.21.10.1">7.21.10.1 The clearerr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The clearerr function returns no value.
-<a name="7.21.10.2" href="#7.21.10.2"><h5>7.21.10.2 The feof function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.10.2" href="#7.21.10.2">7.21.10.2 The feof function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The feof function returns nonzero if and only if the end-of-file indicator is set for
stream.
-<a name="7.21.10.3" href="#7.21.10.3"><h5>7.21.10.3 The ferror function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.10.3" href="#7.21.10.3">7.21.10.3 The ferror function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
stream.
<!--page 357 -->
-<a name="7.21.10.4" href="#7.21.10.4"><h5>7.21.10.4 The perror function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.21.10.4" href="#7.21.10.4">7.21.10.4 The perror function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the strerror function (<a href="#7.23.6.2">7.23.6.2</a>).
<!--page 358 -->
-<a name="7.22" href="#7.22"><h3>7.22 General utilities <stdlib.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.22" href="#7.22">7.22 General utilities <stdlib.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.22"><stdlib.h></a> declares five types and several functions of general utility, and
defines several macros.<sup><a href="#note284"><b>284)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note284" href="#note284">284)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.10">7.30.10</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.22.1" href="#7.22.1"><h4>7.22.1 Numeric conversion functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.1" href="#7.22.1">7.22.1 Numeric conversion functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions atof, atoi, atol, and atoll need not affect the value of the integer
expression errno on an error. If the value of the result cannot be represented, the
behavior is undefined.
-<a name="7.22.1.1" href="#7.22.1.1"><h5>7.22.1.1 The atof function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.1.1" href="#7.22.1.1">7.22.1.1 The atof function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The atof function returns the converted value.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the strtod, strtof, and strtold functions (<a href="#7.22.1.3">7.22.1.3</a>).
-<a name="7.22.1.2" href="#7.22.1.2"><h5>7.22.1.2 The atoi, atol, and atoll functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.1.2" href="#7.22.1.2">7.22.1.2 The atoi, atol, and atoll functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(<a href="#7.22.1.4">7.22.1.4</a>).
<!--page 360 -->
-<a name="7.22.1.3" href="#7.22.1.3"><h5>7.22.1.3 The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.1.3" href="#7.22.1.3">7.22.1.3 The strtod, strtof, and strtold functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
that endptr is not a null pointer.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 8 -->
If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and
the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the
to the same internal floating value, but if not will round to adjacent values.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.1.4" href="#7.22.1.4"><h5>7.22.1.4 The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.1.4" href="#7.22.1.4">7.22.1.4 The strtol, strtoll, strtoul, and strtoull functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
and sign of the value, if any), and the value of the macro ERANGE is stored in errno.
<!--page 364 -->
-<a name="7.22.2" href="#7.22.2"><h4>7.22.2 Pseudo-random sequence generation functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.2" href="#7.22.2">7.22.2 Pseudo-random sequence generation functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.22.2.1" href="#7.22.2.1"><h5>7.22.2.1 The rand function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.2.1" href="#7.22.2.1">7.22.2.1 The rand function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 4 -->
The rand function returns a pseudo-random integer.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 5 -->
The value of the RAND_MAX macro shall be at least 32767.
particular requirements should use a generator that is known to be sufficient for their needs.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.2.2" href="#7.22.2.2"><h5>7.22.2.2 The srand function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.2.2" href="#7.22.2.2">7.22.2.2 The srand function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
}</pre>
-<a name="7.22.3" href="#7.22.3"><h4>7.22.3 Memory management functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.3" href="#7.22.3">7.22.3 Memory management functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The order and contiguity of storage allocated by successive calls to the
aligned_alloc, calloc, malloc, and realloc functions is unspecified. The
is returned, or the behavior is as if the size were some nonzero value, except that the
returned pointer shall not be used to access an object.
-<a name="7.22.3.1" href="#7.22.3.1"><h5>7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.3.1" href="#7.22.3.1">7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
space.
<!--page 366 -->
-<a name="7.22.3.2" href="#7.22.3.2"><h5>7.22.3.2 The calloc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.3.2" href="#7.22.3.2">7.22.3.2 The calloc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
constant.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.3.3" href="#7.22.3.3"><h5>7.22.3.3 The free function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.3.3" href="#7.22.3.3">7.22.3.3 The free function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The free function returns no value.
-<a name="7.22.3.4" href="#7.22.3.4"><h5>7.22.3.4 The malloc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.3.4" href="#7.22.3.4">7.22.3.4 The malloc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The malloc function returns either a null pointer or a pointer to the allocated space.
-<a name="7.22.3.5" href="#7.22.3.5"><h5>7.22.3.5 The realloc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.3.5" href="#7.22.3.5">7.22.3.5 The realloc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
value as a pointer to the old object), or a null pointer if the new object could not be
allocated.
-<a name="7.22.4" href="#7.22.4"><h4>7.22.4 Communication with the environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.4" href="#7.22.4">7.22.4 Communication with the environment</a></h4>
-<a name="7.22.4.1" href="#7.22.4.1"><h5>7.22.4.1 The abort function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.1" href="#7.22.4.1">7.22.4.1 The abort function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The abort function does not return to its caller.
-<a name="7.22.4.2" href="#7.22.4.2"><h5>7.22.4.2 The atexit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.2" href="#7.22.4.2">7.22.4.2 The atexit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The atexit function registers the function pointed to by func, to be called without
arguments at normal program termination.<sup><a href="#note290"><b>290)</b></a></sup>
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The implementation shall support the registration of at least 32 functions.
<h6>Returns</h6>
applications may need to call both registration functions with the same argument.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.4.3" href="#7.22.4.3"><h5>7.22.4.3 The at_quick_exit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.3" href="#7.22.4.3">7.22.4.3 The at_quick_exit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The at_quick_exit function registers the function pointed to by func, to be called
without arguments should quick_exit be called.<sup><a href="#note291"><b>291)</b></a></sup>
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The implementation shall support the registration of at least 32 functions.
<h6>Returns</h6>
applications may need to call both registration functions with the same argument.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.4.4" href="#7.22.4.4"><h5>7.22.4.4 The exit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.4" href="#7.22.4.4">7.22.4.4 The exit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
other registered functions.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.4.5" href="#7.22.4.5"><h5>7.22.4.5 The _Exit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.5" href="#7.22.4.5">7.22.4.5 The _Exit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The _Exit function cannot return to its caller.
-<a name="7.22.4.6" href="#7.22.4.6"><h5>7.22.4.6 The getenv function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.6" href="#7.22.4.6">7.22.4.6 The getenv function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note293" href="#note293">293)</a> Many implementations provide non-standard functions that modify the environment list.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.4.7" href="#7.22.4.7"><h5>7.22.4.7 The quick_exit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.7" href="#7.22.4.7">7.22.4.7 The quick_exit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
other registered functions.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.4.8" href="#7.22.4.8"><h5>7.22.4.8 The system function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.4.8" href="#7.22.4.8">7.22.4.8 The system function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
command processor is available. If the argument is not a null pointer, and the system
function does return, it returns an implementation-defined value.
-<a name="7.22.5" href="#7.22.5"><h4>7.22.5 Searching and sorting utilities</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.5" href="#7.22.5">7.22.5 Searching and sorting utilities</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
These utilities make use of a comparison function to search or sort arrays of unspecified
type. Where an argument declared as size_t nmemb specifies the length of the array
</small>
-<a name="7.22.5.1" href="#7.22.5.1"><h5>7.22.5.1 The bsearch function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.5.1" href="#7.22.5.1">7.22.5.1 The bsearch function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note296" href="#note296">296)</a> In practice, the entire array is sorted according to the comparison function.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.5.2" href="#7.22.5.2"><h5>7.22.5.2 The qsort function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.5.2" href="#7.22.5.2">7.22.5.2 The qsort function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 5 -->
The qsort function returns no value.
-<a name="7.22.6" href="#7.22.6"><h4>7.22.6 Integer arithmetic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.6" href="#7.22.6">7.22.6 Integer arithmetic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.22.6.1" href="#7.22.6.1"><h5>7.22.6.1 The abs, labs and llabs functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.6.1" href="#7.22.6.1">7.22.6.1 The abs, labs and llabs functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note297" href="#note297">297)</a> The absolute value of the most negative number cannot be represented in two's complement.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.6.2" href="#7.22.6.2"><h5>7.22.6.2 The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.6.2" href="#7.22.6.2">7.22.6.2 The div, ldiv, and lldiv functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
each of which has the same type as the arguments numer and denom. If either part of
the result cannot be represented, the behavior is undefined.
-<a name="7.22.7" href="#7.22.7"><h4>7.22.7 Multibyte/wide character conversion functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.7" href="#7.22.7">7.22.7 Multibyte/wide character conversion functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The behavior of the multibyte character functions is affected by the LC_CTYPE category
of the current locale. For a state-dependent encoding, each function is placed into its
character codes, but are grouped with an adjacent multibyte character.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.7.1" href="#7.22.7.1"><h5>7.22.7.1 The mblen function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.7.1" href="#7.22.7.1">7.22.7.1 The mblen function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
multibyte character).
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the mbtowc function (<a href="#7.22.7.2">7.22.7.2</a>).
-<a name="7.22.7.2" href="#7.22.7.2"><h5>7.22.7.2 The mbtowc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.7.2" href="#7.22.7.2">7.22.7.2 The mbtowc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
macro.
<!--page 376 -->
-<a name="7.22.7.3" href="#7.22.7.3"><h5>7.22.7.3 The wctomb function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.7.3" href="#7.22.7.3">7.22.7.3 The wctomb function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 5 -->
In no case will the value returned be greater than the value of the MB_CUR_MAX macro.
-<a name="7.22.8" href="#7.22.8"><h4>7.22.8 Multibyte/wide string conversion functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.22.8" href="#7.22.8">7.22.8 Multibyte/wide string conversion functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The behavior of the multibyte string functions is affected by the LC_CTYPE category of
the current locale.
-<a name="7.22.8.1" href="#7.22.8.1"><h5>7.22.8.1 The mbstowcs function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.8.1" href="#7.22.8.1">7.22.8.1 The mbstowcs function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note299" href="#note299">299)</a> The array will not be null-terminated if the value returned is n.
</small>
-<a name="7.22.8.2" href="#7.22.8.2"><h5>7.22.8.2 The wcstombs function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.22.8.2" href="#7.22.8.2">7.22.8.2 The wcstombs function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If a wide character is encountered that does not correspond to a valid multibyte character,
the wcstombs function returns (size_t)(-1). Otherwise, the wcstombs function
returns the number of bytes modified, not including a terminating null character, if
- any.299)
+ any.<sup><a href="#note299"><b>299)</b></a></sup>
<!--page 378 -->
-<a name="7.23" href="#7.23"><h3>7.23 String handling <string.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.23" href="#7.23">7.23 String handling <string.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.23.1" href="#7.23.1"><h4>7.23.1 String function conventions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.23.1" href="#7.23.1">7.23.1 String function conventions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.23"><string.h></a> declares one type and several functions, and defines one
macro useful for manipulating arrays of character type and other objects treated as arrays
<p><small><a name="note300" href="#note300">300)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.11">7.30.11</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.23.2" href="#7.23.2"><h4>7.23.2 Copying functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.23.2" href="#7.23.2">7.23.2 Copying functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.23.2.1" href="#7.23.2.1"><h5>7.23.2.1 The memcpy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.2.1" href="#7.23.2.1">7.23.2.1 The memcpy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 379 -->
-<a name="7.23.2.2" href="#7.23.2.2"><h5>7.23.2.2 The memmove function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.2.2" href="#7.23.2.2">7.23.2.2 The memmove function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The memmove function returns the value of s1.
-<a name="7.23.2.3" href="#7.23.2.3"><h5>7.23.2.3 The strcpy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.2.3" href="#7.23.2.3">7.23.2.3 The strcpy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The strcpy function returns the value of s1.
-<a name="7.23.2.4" href="#7.23.2.4"><h5>7.23.2.4 The strncpy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.2.4" href="#7.23.2.4">7.23.2.4 The strncpy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
not be null-terminated.
</small>
-<a name="7.23.3" href="#7.23.3"><h4>7.23.3 Concatenation functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.23.3" href="#7.23.3">7.23.3 Concatenation functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.23.3.1" href="#7.23.3.1"><h5>7.23.3.1 The strcat function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.3.1" href="#7.23.3.1">7.23.3.1 The strcat function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The strcat function returns the value of s1.
-<a name="7.23.3.2" href="#7.23.3.2"><h5>7.23.3.2 The strncat function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.3.2" href="#7.23.3.2">7.23.3.2 The strncat function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
strlen(s1)+n+1.
</small>
-<a name="7.23.4" href="#7.23.4"><h4>7.23.4 Comparison functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.23.4" href="#7.23.4">7.23.4 Comparison functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The sign of a nonzero value returned by the comparison functions memcmp, strcmp,
and strncmp is determined by the sign of the difference between the values of the first
pair of characters (both interpreted as unsigned char) that differ in the objects being
compared.
-<a name="7.23.4.1" href="#7.23.4.1"><h5>7.23.4.1 The memcmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.4.1" href="#7.23.4.1">7.23.4.1 The memcmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
comparison.
</small>
-<a name="7.23.4.2" href="#7.23.4.2"><h5>7.23.4.2 The strcmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.4.2" href="#7.23.4.2">7.23.4.2 The strcmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 382 -->
pointed to by s2.
-<a name="7.23.4.3" href="#7.23.4.3"><h5>7.23.4.3 The strcoll function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.4.3" href="#7.23.4.3">7.23.4.3 The strcoll function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
accordingly as the string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the string
pointed to by s2 when both are interpreted as appropriate to the current locale.
-<a name="7.23.4.4" href="#7.23.4.4"><h5>7.23.4.4 The strncmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.4.4" href="#7.23.4.4">7.23.4.4 The strncmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal
to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.
-<a name="7.23.4.5" href="#7.23.4.5"><h5>7.23.4.5 The strxfrm function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.4.5" href="#7.23.4.5">7.23.4.5 The strxfrm function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
1 + strxfrm(NULL, s, 0)</pre>
-<a name="7.23.5" href="#7.23.5"><h4>7.23.5 Search functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.23.5" href="#7.23.5">7.23.5 Search functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.23.5.1" href="#7.23.5.1"><h5>7.23.5.1 The memchr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.1" href="#7.23.5.1">7.23.5.1 The memchr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The memchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the
character does not occur in the object.
-<a name="7.23.5.2" href="#7.23.5.2"><h5>7.23.5.2 The strchr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.2" href="#7.23.5.2">7.23.5.2 The strchr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The strchr function returns a pointer to the located character, or a null pointer if the
character does not occur in the string.
-<a name="7.23.5.3" href="#7.23.5.3"><h5>7.23.5.3 The strcspn function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.3" href="#7.23.5.3">7.23.5.3 The strcspn function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The strcspn function returns the length of the segment.
-<a name="7.23.5.4" href="#7.23.5.4"><h5>7.23.5.4 The strpbrk function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.4" href="#7.23.5.4">7.23.5.4 The strpbrk function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The strpbrk function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if no character
from s2 occurs in s1.
-<a name="7.23.5.5" href="#7.23.5.5"><h5>7.23.5.5 The strrchr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.5" href="#7.23.5.5">7.23.5.5 The strrchr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The strrchr function returns a pointer to the character, or a null pointer if c does not
occur in the string.
-<a name="7.23.5.6" href="#7.23.5.6"><h5>7.23.5.6 The strspn function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.6" href="#7.23.5.6">7.23.5.6 The strspn function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The strspn function returns the length of the segment.
-<a name="7.23.5.7" href="#7.23.5.7"><h5>7.23.5.7 The strstr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.7" href="#7.23.5.7">7.23.5.7 The strstr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The strstr function returns a pointer to the located string, or a null pointer if the string
is not found. If s2 points to a string with zero length, the function returns s1.
-<a name="7.23.5.8" href="#7.23.5.8"><h5>7.23.5.8 The strtok function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.5.8" href="#7.23.5.8">7.23.5.8 The strtok function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
t = strtok(NULL, "?"); // t is a null pointer</pre>
-<a name="7.23.6" href="#7.23.6"><h4>7.23.6 Miscellaneous functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.23.6" href="#7.23.6">7.23.6 Miscellaneous functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.23.6.1" href="#7.23.6.1"><h5>7.23.6.1 The memset function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.6.1" href="#7.23.6.1">7.23.6.1 The memset function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The memset function returns the value of s.
<!--page 387 -->
-<a name="7.23.6.2" href="#7.23.6.2"><h5>7.23.6.2 The strerror function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.6.2" href="#7.23.6.2">7.23.6.2 The strerror function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
specific. The array pointed to shall not be modified by the program, but may be
overwritten by a subsequent call to the strerror function.
-<a name="7.23.6.3" href="#7.23.6.3"><h5>7.23.6.3 The strlen function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.23.6.3" href="#7.23.6.3">7.23.6.3 The strlen function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
character.
<!--page 388 -->
-<a name="7.24" href="#7.24"><h3>7.24 Type-generic math <tgmath.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.24" href="#7.24">7.24 Type-generic math <tgmath.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.24"><tgmath.h></a> includes the headers <a href="#7.12"><math.h></a> and <a href="#7.3"><complex.h></a> and
defines several type-generic macros.
the behavior is undefined.
</small>
-<a name="7.25" href="#7.25"><h3>7.25 Threads <threads.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.25" href="#7.25">7.25 Threads <threads.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.25.1" href="#7.25.1"><h4>7.25.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.1" href="#7.25.1">7.25.1 Introduction</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.25"><threads.h></a> defines macros, and declares types, enumeration constants,
and functions that support multiple threads of execution.
was unable to allocate memory.
<!--page 393 -->
-<a name="7.25.2" href="#7.25.2"><h4>7.25.2 Initialization functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.2" href="#7.25.2">7.25.2 Initialization functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.25.2.1" href="#7.25.2.1"><h5>7.25.2.1 The call_once function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.2.1" href="#7.25.2.1">7.25.2.1 The call_once function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The call_once function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.3" href="#7.25.3"><h4>7.25.3 Condition variable functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.3" href="#7.25.3">7.25.3 Condition variable functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.25.3.1" href="#7.25.3.1"><h5>7.25.3.1 The cnd_broadcast function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.3.1" href="#7.25.3.1">7.25.3.1 The cnd_broadcast function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The cnd_broadcast function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_error
if the request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.3.2" href="#7.25.3.2"><h5>7.25.3.2 The cnd_destroy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.3.2" href="#7.25.3.2">7.25.3.2 The cnd_destroy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The cnd_destroy function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.3.3" href="#7.25.3.3"><h5>7.25.3.3 The cnd_init function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.3.3" href="#7.25.3.3">7.25.3.3 The cnd_init function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
memory could be allocated for the newly created condition, or thrd_error if the
request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.3.4" href="#7.25.3.4"><h5>7.25.3.4 The cnd_signal function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.3.4" href="#7.25.3.4">7.25.3.4 The cnd_signal function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The cnd_signal function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if
the request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.3.5" href="#7.25.3.5"><h5>7.25.3.5 The cnd_timedwait function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.3.5" href="#7.25.3.5">7.25.3.5 The cnd_timedwait function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 395 -->
thrd_timeout if the time specified in the call was reached without acquiring the
requested resource, or thrd_error if the request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.3.6" href="#7.25.3.6"><h5>7.25.3.6 The cnd_wait function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.3.6" href="#7.25.3.6">7.25.3.6 The cnd_wait function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The cnd_wait function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if the
request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.4" href="#7.25.4"><h4>7.25.4 Mutex functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.4" href="#7.25.4">7.25.4 Mutex functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.25.4.1" href="#7.25.4.1"><h5>7.25.4.1 The mtx_destroy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.4.1" href="#7.25.4.1">7.25.4.1 The mtx_destroy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The mtx_destroy function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.4.2" href="#7.25.4.2"><h5>7.25.4.2 The mtx_init function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.4.2" href="#7.25.4.2">7.25.4.2 The mtx_init function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The mtx_init function returns thrd_success on success, or thrd_error if the
request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.4.3" href="#7.25.4.3"><h5>7.25.4.3 The mtx_lock function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.4.3" href="#7.25.4.3">7.25.4.3 The mtx_lock function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
honored.
<!--page 397 -->
-<a name="7.25.4.4" href="#7.25.4.4"><h5>7.25.4.4 The mtx_timedlock function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.4.4" href="#7.25.4.4">7.25.4.4 The mtx_timedlock function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
reached without acquiring the requested resource, or thrd_error if the request could
not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.4.5" href="#7.25.4.5"><h5>7.25.4.5 The mtx_trylock function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.4.5" href="#7.25.4.5">7.25.4.5 The mtx_trylock function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the resource requested is already in use, or thrd_error if the request could not be
honored.
-<a name="7.25.4.6" href="#7.25.4.6"><h5>7.25.4.6 The mtx_unlock function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.4.6" href="#7.25.4.6">7.25.4.6 The mtx_unlock function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The mtx_unlock function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if
the request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.5" href="#7.25.5"><h4>7.25.5 Thread functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.5" href="#7.25.5">7.25.5 Thread functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.25.5.1" href="#7.25.5.1"><h5>7.25.5.1 The thrd_create function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.1" href="#7.25.5.1">7.25.5.1 The thrd_create function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
no memory could be allocated for the thread requested, or thrd_error if the request
could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.5.2" href="#7.25.5.2"><h5>7.25.5.2 The thrd_current function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.2" href="#7.25.5.2">7.25.5.2 The thrd_current function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The thrd_current function returns the identifier of the thread that called it.
-<a name="7.25.5.3" href="#7.25.5.3"><h5>7.25.5.3 The thrd_detach function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.3" href="#7.25.5.3">7.25.5.3 The thrd_detach function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 399 -->
The thrd_detach function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if
the request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.5.4" href="#7.25.5.4"><h5>7.25.5.4 The thrd_equal function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.4" href="#7.25.5.4">7.25.5.4 The thrd_equal function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The thrd_equal function returns zero if the thread thr0 and the thread thr1 refer to
different threads. Otherwise the thrd_equal function returns a nonzero value.
-<a name="7.25.5.5" href="#7.25.5.5"><h5>7.25.5.5 The thrd_exit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.5" href="#7.25.5.5">7.25.5.5 The thrd_exit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The thrd_exit function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.5.6" href="#7.25.5.6"><h5>7.25.5.6 The thrd_join function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.6" href="#7.25.5.6">7.25.5.6 The thrd_join function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The thrd_join function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if the
request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.5.7" href="#7.25.5.7"><h5>7.25.5.7 The thrd_sleep function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.7" href="#7.25.5.7">7.25.5.7 The thrd_sleep function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The thrd_sleep function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.5.8" href="#7.25.5.8"><h5>7.25.5.8 The thrd_yield function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.5.8" href="#7.25.5.8">7.25.5.8 The thrd_yield function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The thrd_yield function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.6" href="#7.25.6"><h4>7.25.6 Thread-specific storage functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.6" href="#7.25.6">7.25.6 Thread-specific storage functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.25.6.1" href="#7.25.6.1"><h5>7.25.6.1 The tss_create function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.6.1" href="#7.25.6.1">7.25.6.1 The tss_create function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
thrd_success; otherwise, thrd_error is returned and the thread-specific storage
pointed to by key is set to an undefined value.
-<a name="7.25.6.2" href="#7.25.6.2"><h5>7.25.6.2 The tss_delete function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.6.2" href="#7.25.6.2">7.25.6.2 The tss_delete function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The tss_delete function returns no value.
-<a name="7.25.6.3" href="#7.25.6.3"><h5>7.25.6.3 The tss_get function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.6.3" href="#7.25.6.3">7.25.6.3 The tss_get function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The tss_get function returns the value for the current thread if successful, or zero if
unsuccessful.
-<a name="7.25.6.4" href="#7.25.6.4"><h5>7.25.6.4 The tss_set function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.6.4" href="#7.25.6.4">7.25.6.4 The tss_set function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The tss_set function returns thrd_success on success or thrd_error if the
request could not be honored.
-<a name="7.25.7" href="#7.25.7"><h4>7.25.7 Time functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.25.7" href="#7.25.7">7.25.7 Time functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.25.7.1" href="#7.25.7.1"><h5>7.25.7.1 The xtime_get function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.25.7.1" href="#7.25.7.1">7.25.7.1 The xtime_get function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
xtime object is system dependent.
</small>
-<a name="7.26" href="#7.26"><h3>7.26 Date and time <time.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.26" href="#7.26">7.26 Date and time <time.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.26.1" href="#7.26.1"><h4>7.26.1 Components of time</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.26.1" href="#7.26.1">7.26.1 Components of time</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.26"><time.h></a> defines two macros, and declares several types and functions for
manipulating time. Many functions deal with a calendar time that represents the current
<p><small><a name="note307" href="#note307">307)</a> The range [0, 60] for tm_sec allows for a positive leap second.
</small>
-<a name="7.26.2" href="#7.26.2"><h4>7.26.2 Time manipulation functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.26.2" href="#7.26.2">7.26.2 Time manipulation functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.26.2.1" href="#7.26.2.1"><h5>7.26.2.1 The clock function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.2.1" href="#7.26.2.1">7.26.2.1 The clock function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the program and its return value subtracted from the value returned by subsequent calls.
</small>
-<a name="7.26.2.2" href="#7.26.2.2"><h5>7.26.2.2 The difftime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.2.2" href="#7.26.2.2">7.26.2.2 The difftime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 405 -->
-<a name="7.26.2.3" href="#7.26.2.3"><h5>7.26.2.3 The mktime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.2.3" href="#7.26.2.3">7.26.2.3 The mktime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
causes it to attempt to determine whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect for the specified time.
</small>
-<a name="7.26.2.4" href="#7.26.2.4"><h5>7.26.2.4 The time function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.2.4" href="#7.26.2.4">7.26.2.4 The time function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
available. If timer is not a null pointer, the return value is also assigned to the object it
points to.
-<a name="7.26.3" href="#7.26.3"><h4>7.26.3 Time conversion functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.26.3" href="#7.26.3">7.26.3 Time conversion functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Except for the strftime function, these functions each return a pointer to one of two
types of static objects: a broken-down time structure or an array of char. Execution of
previous call to any of them and the functions are not required to avoid data races. The
implementation shall behave as if no other library functions call these functions.
-<a name="7.26.3.1" href="#7.26.3.1"><h5>7.26.3.1 The asctime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.3.1" href="#7.26.3.1">7.26.3.1 The asctime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note310" href="#note310">310)</a> See <a href="#7.26.1">7.26.1</a>.
</small>
-<a name="7.26.3.2" href="#7.26.3.2"><h5>7.26.3.2 The ctime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.3.2" href="#7.26.3.2">7.26.3.2 The ctime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
broken-down time as argument.
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the localtime function (<a href="#7.26.3.4">7.26.3.4</a>).
-<a name="7.26.3.3" href="#7.26.3.3"><h5>7.26.3.3 The gmtime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.3.3" href="#7.26.3.3">7.26.3.3 The gmtime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The gmtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if the
specified time cannot be converted to UTC.
-<a name="7.26.3.4" href="#7.26.3.4"><h5>7.26.3.4 The localtime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.3.4" href="#7.26.3.4">7.26.3.4 The localtime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The localtime function returns a pointer to the broken-down time, or a null pointer if
the specified time cannot be converted to local time.
-<a name="7.26.3.5" href="#7.26.3.5"><h5>7.26.3.5 The strftime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.26.3.5" href="#7.26.3.5">7.26.3.5 The strftime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<!--page 409 -->
zero is returned and the contents of the array are indeterminate.
<!--page 413 -->
-<a name="7.27" href="#7.27"><h3>7.27 Unicode utilities <uchar.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.27" href="#7.27">7.27 Unicode utilities <uchar.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.27"><uchar.h></a> declares types and functions for manipulating Unicode
characters.
which is an unsigned integer type used for 32-bit characters and is the same type as
uint_least32_t (also described in <a href="#7.20.1.2">7.20.1.2</a>).
-<a name="7.27.1" href="#7.27.1"><h4>7.27.1 Restartable multibyte/wide character conversion functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.27.1" href="#7.27.1">7.27.1 Restartable multibyte/wide character conversion functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
These functions have a parameter, ps, of type pointer to mbstate_t that points to an
object that can completely describe the current conversion state of the associated
to avoid data races in this case. The implementation behaves as if no library function
calls these functions with a null pointer for ps.
-<a name="7.27.1.1" href="#7.27.1.1"><h5>7.27.1.1 The mbrtoc16 function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.27.1.1" href="#7.27.1.1">7.27.1.1 The mbrtoc16 function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
</small>
-<a name="7.27.1.2" href="#7.27.1.2"><h5>7.27.1.2 The c16rtomb function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.27.1.2" href="#7.27.1.2">7.27.1.2 The c16rtomb function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the function stores the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno and returns
(size_t)(-1); the conversion state is unspecified.
-<a name="7.27.1.3" href="#7.27.1.3"><h5>7.27.1.3 The mbrtoc32 function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.27.1.3" href="#7.27.1.3">7.27.1.3 The mbrtoc32 function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
</small>
-<a name="7.27.1.4" href="#7.27.1.4"><h5>7.27.1.4 The c32rtomb function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.27.1.4" href="#7.27.1.4">7.27.1.4 The c32rtomb function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 417 -->
-<a name="7.28" href="#7.28"><h3>7.28 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.28" href="#7.28">7.28 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.28.1" href="#7.28.1"><h4>7.28.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.28.1" href="#7.28.1">7.28.1 Introduction</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.28"><wchar.h></a> defines four macros, and declares four data types, one tag, and
many functions.<sup><a href="#note313"><b>313)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note315" href="#note315">315)</a> The value of the macro WEOF may differ from that of EOF and need not be negative.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.2" href="#7.28.2"><h4>7.28.2 Formatted wide character input/output functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.28.2" href="#7.28.2">7.28.2 Formatted wide character input/output functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The formatted wide character input/output functions shall behave as if there is a sequence
point after the actions associated with each specifier.<sup><a href="#note316"><b>316)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note316" href="#note316">316)</a> The fwprintf functions perform writes to memory for the %n specifier.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.2.1" href="#7.28.2.1"><h5>7.28.2.1 The fwprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.1" href="#7.28.2.1">7.28.2.1 The fwprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 11 -->
For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is a power of 2, the value is correctly rounded
to a hexadecimal floating number with the given precision.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 12 -->
For a and A conversions, if FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2 and the result is not exactly
representable in the given precision, the result should be one of the two adjacent numbers
value if an output or encoding error occurred.
<!--page 425 -->
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 15 -->
The number of wide characters that can be produced by any single conversion shall be at
least 4095.
the case of fixed-point conversion by the source value as well.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.2.2" href="#7.28.2.2"><h5>7.28.2.2 The fwscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.2" href="#7.28.2.2">7.28.2.2 The fwscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note326" href="#note326">326)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.12">7.30.12</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.28.2.3" href="#7.28.2.3"><h5>7.28.2.3 The swprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.3" href="#7.28.2.3">7.28.2.3 The swprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
counting the terminating null wide character, or a negative value if an encoding error
occurred or if n or more wide characters were requested to be written.
-<a name="7.28.2.4" href="#7.28.2.4"><h5>7.28.2.4 The swscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.4" href="#7.28.2.4">7.28.2.4 The swscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
<!--page 432 -->
-<a name="7.28.2.5" href="#7.28.2.5"><h5>7.28.2.5 The vfwprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.5" href="#7.28.2.5">7.28.2.5 The vfwprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
invoke the va_arg macro, the value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.2.6" href="#7.28.2.6"><h5>7.28.2.6 The vfwscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.6" href="#7.28.2.6">7.28.2.6 The vfwscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vfwscanf function is equivalent to fwscanf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vfwscanf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.327)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note327"><b>327)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vfwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.28.2.7" href="#7.28.2.7"><h5>7.28.2.7 The vswprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.7" href="#7.28.2.7">7.28.2.7 The vswprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vswprintf function is equivalent to swprintf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswprintf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.327)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note327"><b>327)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vswprintf function returns the number of wide characters written in the array, not
occurred or if n or more wide characters were requested to be generated.
<!--page 434 -->
-<a name="7.28.2.8" href="#7.28.2.8"><h5>7.28.2.8 The vswscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.8" href="#7.28.2.8">7.28.2.8 The vswscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vswscanf function is equivalent to swscanf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vswscanf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.327)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note327"><b>327)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vswscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.28.2.9" href="#7.28.2.9"><h5>7.28.2.9 The vwprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.9" href="#7.28.2.9">7.28.2.9 The vwprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vwprintf function is equivalent to wprintf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwprintf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.327)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note327"><b>327)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vwprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
value if an output or encoding error occurred.
<!--page 435 -->
-<a name="7.28.2.10" href="#7.28.2.10"><h5>7.28.2.10 The vwscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.10" href="#7.28.2.10">7.28.2.10 The vwscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The vwscanf function is equivalent to wscanf, with the variable argument list
replaced by arg, which shall have been initialized by the va_start macro (and
possibly subsequent va_arg calls). The vwscanf function does not invoke the
- va_end macro.327)
+ va_end macro.<sup><a href="#note327"><b>327)</b></a></sup>
<h6>Returns</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The vwscanf function returns the value of the macro EOF if an input failure occurs
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.28.2.11" href="#7.28.2.11"><h5>7.28.2.11 The wprintf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.11" href="#7.28.2.11">7.28.2.11 The wprintf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wprintf function returns the number of wide characters transmitted, or a negative
value if an output or encoding error occurred.
-<a name="7.28.2.12" href="#7.28.2.12"><h5>7.28.2.12 The wscanf function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.2.12" href="#7.28.2.12">7.28.2.12 The wscanf function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than provided for, or even
zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="7.28.3" href="#7.28.3"><h4>7.28.3 Wide character input/output functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.28.3" href="#7.28.3">7.28.3 Wide character input/output functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.28.3.1" href="#7.28.3.1"><h5>7.28.3.1 The fgetwc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.1" href="#7.28.3.1">7.28.3.1 The fgetwc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
Also, errno will be set to EILSEQ by input/output functions only if an encoding error occurs.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.3.2" href="#7.28.3.2"><h5>7.28.3.2 The fgetws function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.2" href="#7.28.3.2">7.28.3.2 The fgetws function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
null pointer is returned. If a read or encoding error occurs during the operation, the array
contents are indeterminate and a null pointer is returned.
-<a name="7.28.3.3" href="#7.28.3.3"><h5>7.28.3.3 The fputwc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.3" href="#7.28.3.3">7.28.3.3 The fputwc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
error indicator for the stream is set and fputwc returns WEOF. If an encoding error
occurs, the value of the macro EILSEQ is stored in errno and fputwc returns WEOF.
-<a name="7.28.3.4" href="#7.28.3.4"><h5>7.28.3.4 The fputws function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.4" href="#7.28.3.4">7.28.3.4 The fputws function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
returns a nonnegative value.
<!--page 438 -->
-<a name="7.28.3.5" href="#7.28.3.5"><h5>7.28.3.5 The fwide function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.5" href="#7.28.3.5">7.28.3.5 The fwide function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note329" href="#note329">329)</a> If the orientation of the stream has already been determined, fwide does not change it.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.3.6" href="#7.28.3.6"><h5>7.28.3.6 The getwc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.6" href="#7.28.3.6">7.28.3.6 The getwc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The getwc function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to by
stream, or WEOF.
-<a name="7.28.3.7" href="#7.28.3.7"><h5>7.28.3.7 The getwchar function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.7" href="#7.28.3.7">7.28.3.7 The getwchar function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The getwchar function returns the next wide character from the input stream pointed to
by stdin, or WEOF.
-<a name="7.28.3.8" href="#7.28.3.8"><h5>7.28.3.8 The putwc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.8" href="#7.28.3.8">7.28.3.8 The putwc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The putwc function returns the wide character written, or WEOF.
-<a name="7.28.3.9" href="#7.28.3.9"><h5>7.28.3.9 The putwchar function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.9" href="#7.28.3.9">7.28.3.9 The putwchar function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The putwchar function returns the character written, or WEOF.
-<a name="7.28.3.10" href="#7.28.3.10"><h5>7.28.3.10 The ungetwc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.3.10" href="#7.28.3.10">7.28.3.10 The ungetwc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The ungetwc function returns the wide character pushed back, or WEOF if the operation
fails.
-<a name="7.28.4" href="#7.28.4"><h4>7.28.4 General wide string utilities</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.28.4" href="#7.28.4">7.28.4 General wide string utilities</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.28"><wchar.h></a> declares a number of functions useful for wide string
manipulation. Various methods are used for determining the lengths of the arrays, but in
zero wide characters.
<!--page 441 -->
-<a name="7.28.4.1" href="#7.28.4.1"><h5>7.28.4.1 Wide string numeric conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.1" href="#7.28.4.1">7.28.4.1 Wide string numeric conversion functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.4.1.1" href="#7.28.4.1.1"><h5>7.28.4.1.1 The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.1.1" href="#7.28.4.1.1">7.28.4.1.1 The wcstod, wcstof, and wcstold functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If the subject sequence is empty or does not have the expected form, no conversion is
performed; the value of nptr is stored in the object pointed to by endptr, provided
that endptr is not a null pointer.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 8 -->
If the subject sequence has the hexadecimal form, FLT_RADIX is not a power of 2, and
the result is not exactly representable, the result should be one of the two numbers in the
to the same internal floating value, but if not will round to adjacent values.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.4.1.2" href="#7.28.4.1.2"><h5>7.28.4.1.2 The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.1.2" href="#7.28.4.1.2">7.28.4.1.2 The wcstol, wcstoll, wcstoul, and wcstoull functions</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
LLONG_MAX, ULONG_MAX, or ULLONG_MAX is returned (according to the return type
sign of the value, if any), and the value of the macro ERANGE is stored in errno.
-<a name="7.28.4.2" href="#7.28.4.2"><h5>7.28.4.2 Wide string copying functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.2" href="#7.28.4.2">7.28.4.2 Wide string copying functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.4.2.1" href="#7.28.4.2.1"><h5>7.28.4.2.1 The wcscpy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.2.1" href="#7.28.4.2.1">7.28.4.2.1 The wcscpy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wcscpy function returns the value of s1.
<!--page 446 -->
-<a name="7.28.4.2.2" href="#7.28.4.2.2"><h5>7.28.4.2.2 The wcsncpy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.2.2" href="#7.28.4.2.2">7.28.4.2.2 The wcsncpy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
result will not be null-terminated.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.4.2.3" href="#7.28.4.2.3"><h5>7.28.4.2.3 The wmemcpy function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.2.3" href="#7.28.4.2.3">7.28.4.2.3 The wmemcpy function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<!--page 447 -->
-<a name="7.28.4.2.4" href="#7.28.4.2.4"><h5>7.28.4.2.4 The wmemmove function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.2.4" href="#7.28.4.2.4">7.28.4.2.4 The wmemmove function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The wmemmove function returns the value of s1.
-<a name="7.28.4.3" href="#7.28.4.3"><h5>7.28.4.3 Wide string concatenation functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.3" href="#7.28.4.3">7.28.4.3 Wide string concatenation functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.4.3.1" href="#7.28.4.3.1"><h5>7.28.4.3.1 The wcscat function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.3.1" href="#7.28.4.3.1">7.28.4.3.1 The wcscat function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The wcscat function returns the value of s1.
-<a name="7.28.4.3.2" href="#7.28.4.3.2"><h5>7.28.4.3.2 The wcsncat function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.3.2" href="#7.28.4.3.2">7.28.4.3.2 The wcsncat function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
wcslen(s1)+n+1.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.4.4" href="#7.28.4.4"><h5>7.28.4.4 Wide string comparison functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.4" href="#7.28.4.4">7.28.4.4 Wide string comparison functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Unless explicitly stated otherwise, the functions described in this subclause order two
wide characters the same way as two integers of the underlying integer type designated
by wchar_t.
-<a name="7.28.4.4.1" href="#7.28.4.4.1"><h5>7.28.4.4.1 The wcscmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.4.1" href="#7.28.4.4.1">7.28.4.4.1 The wcscmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
accordingly as the wide string pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the
wide string pointed to by s2.
-<a name="7.28.4.4.2" href="#7.28.4.4.2"><h5>7.28.4.4.2 The wcscoll function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.4.2" href="#7.28.4.4.2">7.28.4.4.2 The wcscoll function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
wide string pointed to by s2 when both are interpreted as appropriate to the current
locale.
-<a name="7.28.4.4.3" href="#7.28.4.4.3"><h5>7.28.4.4.3 The wcsncmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.4.3" href="#7.28.4.4.3">7.28.4.4.3 The wcsncmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
accordingly as the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal
to, or less than the possibly null-terminated array pointed to by s2.
-<a name="7.28.4.4.4" href="#7.28.4.4.4"><h5>7.28.4.4.4 The wcsxfrm function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.4.4" href="#7.28.4.4.4">7.28.4.4.4 The wcsxfrm function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
1 + wcsxfrm(NULL, s, 0)</pre>
-<a name="7.28.4.4.5" href="#7.28.4.4.5"><h5>7.28.4.4.5 The wmemcmp function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.4.5" href="#7.28.4.4.5">7.28.4.4.5 The wmemcmp function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
accordingly as the object pointed to by s1 is greater than, equal to, or less than the object
pointed to by s2.
-<a name="7.28.4.5" href="#7.28.4.5"><h5>7.28.4.5 Wide string search functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5" href="#7.28.4.5">7.28.4.5 Wide string search functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.4.5.1" href="#7.28.4.5.1"><h5>7.28.4.5.1 The wcschr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.1" href="#7.28.4.5.1">7.28.4.5.1 The wcschr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wcschr function returns a pointer to the located wide character, or a null pointer if
the wide character does not occur in the wide string.
-<a name="7.28.4.5.2" href="#7.28.4.5.2"><h5>7.28.4.5.2 The wcscspn function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.2" href="#7.28.4.5.2">7.28.4.5.2 The wcscspn function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The wcscspn function returns the length of the segment.
-<a name="7.28.4.5.3" href="#7.28.4.5.3"><h5>7.28.4.5.3 The wcspbrk function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.3" href="#7.28.4.5.3">7.28.4.5.3 The wcspbrk function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wcspbrk function returns a pointer to the wide character in s1, or a null pointer if
no wide character from s2 occurs in s1.
-<a name="7.28.4.5.4" href="#7.28.4.5.4"><h5>7.28.4.5.4 The wcsrchr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.4" href="#7.28.4.5.4">7.28.4.5.4 The wcsrchr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wcsrchr function returns a pointer to the wide character, or a null pointer if c does
not occur in the wide string.
-<a name="7.28.4.5.5" href="#7.28.4.5.5"><h5>7.28.4.5.5 The wcsspn function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.5" href="#7.28.4.5.5">7.28.4.5.5 The wcsspn function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wcsspn function returns the length of the segment.
<!--page 452 -->
-<a name="7.28.4.5.6" href="#7.28.4.5.6"><h5>7.28.4.5.6 The wcsstr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.6" href="#7.28.4.5.6">7.28.4.5.6 The wcsstr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
wide string is not found. If s2 points to a wide string with zero length, the function
returns s1.
-<a name="7.28.4.5.7" href="#7.28.4.5.7"><h5>7.28.4.5.7 The wcstok function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.7" href="#7.28.4.5.7">7.28.4.5.7 The wcstok function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
t = wcstok(NULL, L"?", &ptr1); // t is a null pointer</pre>
-<a name="7.28.4.5.8" href="#7.28.4.5.8"><h5>7.28.4.5.8 The wmemchr function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.5.8" href="#7.28.4.5.8">7.28.4.5.8 The wmemchr function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the wide character does not occur in the object.
<!--page 454 -->
-<a name="7.28.4.6" href="#7.28.4.6"><h5>7.28.4.6 Miscellaneous functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.6" href="#7.28.4.6">7.28.4.6 Miscellaneous functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.4.6.1" href="#7.28.4.6.1"><h5>7.28.4.6.1 The wcslen function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.6.1" href="#7.28.4.6.1">7.28.4.6.1 The wcslen function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wcslen function returns the number of wide characters that precede the terminating
null wide character.
-<a name="7.28.4.6.2" href="#7.28.4.6.2"><h5>7.28.4.6.2 The wmemset function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.4.6.2" href="#7.28.4.6.2">7.28.4.6.2 The wmemset function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 3 -->
The wmemset function returns the value of s.
-<a name="7.28.5" href="#7.28.5"><h4>7.28.5 Wide character time conversion functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.28.5" href="#7.28.5">7.28.5 Wide character time conversion functions</a></h4>
-<a name="7.28.5.1" href="#7.28.5.1"><h5>7.28.5.1 The wcsftime function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.5.1" href="#7.28.5.1">7.28.5.1 The wcsftime function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
wide character. Otherwise, zero is returned and the contents of the array are
indeterminate.
-<a name="7.28.6" href="#7.28.6"><h4>7.28.6 Extended multibyte/wide character conversion utilities</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.28.6" href="#7.28.6">7.28.6 Extended multibyte/wide character conversion utilities</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.28"><wchar.h></a> declares an extended set of functions useful for conversion
between multibyte characters and wide characters.
character string.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.6.1" href="#7.28.6.1"><h5>7.28.6.1 Single-byte/wide character conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.1" href="#7.28.6.1">7.28.6.1 Single-byte/wide character conversion functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.6.1.1" href="#7.28.6.1.1"><h5>7.28.6.1.1 The btowc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.1.1" href="#7.28.6.1.1">7.28.6.1.1 The btowc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
does not constitute a valid single-byte character in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it
returns the wide character representation of that character.
-<a name="7.28.6.1.2" href="#7.28.6.1.2"><h5>7.28.6.1.2 The wctob function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.1.2" href="#7.28.6.1.2">7.28.6.1.2 The wctob function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
length one in the initial shift state. Otherwise, it returns the single-byte representation of
that character as an unsigned char converted to an int.
-<a name="7.28.6.2" href="#7.28.6.2"><h5>7.28.6.2 Conversion state functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.2" href="#7.28.6.2">7.28.6.2 Conversion state functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.28.6.2.1" href="#7.28.6.2.1"><h5>7.28.6.2.1 The mbsinit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.2.1" href="#7.28.6.2.1">7.28.6.2.1 The mbsinit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The mbsinit function returns nonzero if ps is a null pointer or if the referenced object
describes an initial conversion state; otherwise, it returns zero.
-<a name="7.28.6.3" href="#7.28.6.3"><h5>7.28.6.3 Restartable multibyte/wide character conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.3" href="#7.28.6.3">7.28.6.3 Restartable multibyte/wide character conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
These functions differ from the corresponding multibyte character functions of <a href="#7.22.7">7.22.7</a>
(mblen, mbtowc, and wctomb) in that they have an extra parameter, ps, of type
Also unlike their corresponding functions, the return value does not represent whether the
encoding is state-dependent.
-<a name="7.28.6.3.1" href="#7.28.6.3.1"><h5>7.28.6.3.1 The mbrlen function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.3.1" href="#7.28.6.3.1">7.28.6.3.1 The mbrlen function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the mbrtowc function (<a href="#7.28.6.3.2">7.28.6.3.2</a>).
<!--page 458 -->
-<a name="7.28.6.3.2" href="#7.28.6.3.2"><h5>7.28.6.3.2 The mbrtowc function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.3.2" href="#7.28.6.3.2">7.28.6.3.2 The mbrtowc function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
sequence of redundant shift sequences (for implementations with state-dependent encodings).
</small>
-<a name="7.28.6.3.3" href="#7.28.6.3.3"><h5>7.28.6.3.3 The wcrtomb function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.3.3" href="#7.28.6.3.3">7.28.6.3.3 The wcrtomb function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the function stores the value of the macro EILSEQ in errno and returns
(size_t)(-1); the conversion state is unspecified.
-<a name="7.28.6.4" href="#7.28.6.4"><h5>7.28.6.4 Restartable multibyte/wide string conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.4" href="#7.28.6.4">7.28.6.4 Restartable multibyte/wide string conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
These functions differ from the corresponding multibyte string functions of <a href="#7.22.8">7.22.8</a>
(mbstowcs and wcstombs) in that they have an extra parameter, ps, of type pointer to
to reflect the amount of the source processed by that invocation.
<!--page 460 -->
-<a name="7.28.6.4.1" href="#7.28.6.4.1"><h5>7.28.6.4.1 The mbsrtowcs function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.4.1" href="#7.28.6.4.1">7.28.6.4.1 The mbsrtowcs function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note337" href="#note337">337)</a> Thus, the value of len is ignored if dst is a null pointer.
</small>
-<a name="7.28.6.4.2" href="#7.28.6.4.2"><h5>7.28.6.4.2 The wcsrtombs function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.28.6.4.2" href="#7.28.6.4.2">7.28.6.4.2 The wcsrtombs function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
include those necessary to reach the initial shift state immediately before the null byte.
</small>
-<a name="7.29" href="#7.29"><h3>7.29 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.29" href="#7.29">7.29 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h></a></h3>
-<a name="7.29.1" href="#7.29.1"><h4>7.29.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.29.1" href="#7.29.1">7.29.1 Introduction</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.29"><wctype.h></a> defines one macro, and declares three data types and many
functions.<sup><a href="#note339"><b>339)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note339" href="#note339">339)</a> See ''future library directions'' (<a href="#7.30.13">7.30.13</a>).
</small>
-<a name="7.29.2" href="#7.29.2"><h4>7.29.2 Wide character classification utilities</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.29.2" href="#7.29.2">7.29.2 Wide character classification utilities</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.29"><wctype.h></a> declares several functions useful for classifying wide
characters.
term control wide character refers to a member of a locale-specific set of wide characters
that are not printing wide characters.
-<a name="7.29.2.1" href="#7.29.2.1"><h5>7.29.2.1 Wide character classification functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1" href="#7.29.2.1">7.29.2.1 Wide character classification functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions in this subclause return nonzero (true) if and only if the value of the
argument wc conforms to that in the description of the function.
&& iswspace(wc) is true, but not both.
</small>
-<a name="7.29.2.1.1" href="#7.29.2.1.1"><h5>7.29.2.1.1 The iswalnum function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.1" href="#7.29.2.1.1">7.29.2.1.1 The iswalnum function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The iswalnum function tests for any wide character for which iswalpha or
iswdigit is true.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.2" href="#7.29.2.1.2"><h5>7.29.2.1.2 The iswalpha function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.2" href="#7.29.2.1.2">7.29.2.1.2 The iswalpha function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
wide characters; all four combinations are possible.
</small>
-<a name="7.29.2.1.3" href="#7.29.2.1.3"><h5>7.29.2.1.3 The iswblank function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.3" href="#7.29.2.1.3">7.29.2.1.3 The iswblank function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
characters are the following: space (L' '), and horizontal tab (L'\t'). In the "C"
locale, iswblank returns true only for the standard blank characters.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.4" href="#7.29.2.1.4"><h5>7.29.2.1.4 The iswcntrl function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.4" href="#7.29.2.1.4">7.29.2.1.4 The iswcntrl function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The iswcntrl function tests for any control wide character.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.5" href="#7.29.2.1.5"><h5>7.29.2.1.5 The iswdigit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.5" href="#7.29.2.1.5">7.29.2.1.5 The iswdigit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The iswdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a decimal-digit
character (as defined in <a href="#5.2.1">5.2.1</a>).
-<a name="7.29.2.1.6" href="#7.29.2.1.6"><h5>7.29.2.1.6 The iswgraph function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.6" href="#7.29.2.1.6">7.29.2.1.6 The iswgraph function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
characters other than ' '.
</small>
-<a name="7.29.2.1.7" href="#7.29.2.1.7"><h5>7.29.2.1.7 The iswlower function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.7" href="#7.29.2.1.7">7.29.2.1.7 The iswlower function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl,
iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.8" href="#7.29.2.1.8"><h5>7.29.2.1.8 The iswprint function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.8" href="#7.29.2.1.8">7.29.2.1.8 The iswprint function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The iswprint function tests for any printing wide character.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.9" href="#7.29.2.1.9"><h5>7.29.2.1.9 The iswpunct function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.9" href="#7.29.2.1.9">7.29.2.1.9 The iswpunct function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The iswpunct function tests for any printing wide character that is one of a locale-
specific set of punctuation wide characters for which neither iswspace nor iswalnum
- is true.342)
+ is true.<sup><a href="#note342"><b>342)</b></a></sup>
-<a name="7.29.2.1.10" href="#7.29.2.1.10"><h5>7.29.2.1.10 The iswspace function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.10" href="#7.29.2.1.10">7.29.2.1.10 The iswspace function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
set of white-space wide characters for which none of iswalnum, iswgraph, or
iswpunct is true.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.11" href="#7.29.2.1.11"><h5>7.29.2.1.11 The iswupper function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.11" href="#7.29.2.1.11">7.29.2.1.11 The iswupper function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
letter or is one of a locale-specific set of wide characters for which none of iswcntrl,
iswdigit, iswpunct, or iswspace is true.
-<a name="7.29.2.1.12" href="#7.29.2.1.12"><h5>7.29.2.1.12 The iswxdigit function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.1.12" href="#7.29.2.1.12">7.29.2.1.12 The iswxdigit function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The iswxdigit function tests for any wide character that corresponds to a
hexadecimal-digit character (as defined in <a href="#6.4.4.1">6.4.4.1</a>).
-<a name="7.29.2.2" href="#7.29.2.2"><h5>7.29.2.2 Extensible wide character classification functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.2" href="#7.29.2.2">7.29.2.2 Extensible wide character classification functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions wctype and iswctype provide extensible wide character classification
as well as testing equivalent to that performed by the functions described in the previous
subclause (<a href="#7.29.2.1">7.29.2.1</a>).
-<a name="7.29.2.2.1" href="#7.29.2.2.1"><h5>7.29.2.2.1 The iswctype function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.2.1" href="#7.29.2.2.1">7.29.2.2.1 The iswctype function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
function returns zero (false).
<p><b> Forward references</b>: the wctype function (<a href="#7.29.2.2.2">7.29.2.2.2</a>).
-<a name="7.29.2.2.2" href="#7.29.2.2.2"><h5>7.29.2.2.2 The wctype function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.2.2.2" href="#7.29.2.2.2">7.29.2.2.2 The wctype function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
as the second argument to the iswctype function; otherwise, it returns zero.
<!--page 468 -->
-<a name="7.29.3" href="#7.29.3"><h4>7.29.3 Wide character case mapping utilities</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.29.3" href="#7.29.3">7.29.3 Wide character case mapping utilities</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.29"><wctype.h></a> declares several functions useful for mapping wide characters.
-<a name="7.29.3.1" href="#7.29.3.1"><h5>7.29.3.1 Wide character case mapping functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.3.1" href="#7.29.3.1">7.29.3.1 Wide character case mapping functions</a></h5>
-<a name="7.29.3.1.1" href="#7.29.3.1.1"><h5>7.29.3.1.1 The towlower function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.3.1.1" href="#7.29.3.1.1">7.29.3.1.1 The towlower function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
characters (always the same one for any given locale); otherwise, the argument is
returned unchanged.
-<a name="7.29.3.1.2" href="#7.29.3.1.2"><h5>7.29.3.1.2 The towupper function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.3.1.2" href="#7.29.3.1.2">7.29.3.1.2 The towupper function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
characters (always the same one for any given locale); otherwise, the argument is
returned unchanged.
-<a name="7.29.3.2" href="#7.29.3.2"><h5>7.29.3.2 Extensible wide character case mapping functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.3.2" href="#7.29.3.2">7.29.3.2 Extensible wide character case mapping functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions wctrans and towctrans provide extensible wide character mapping as
well as case mapping equivalent to that performed by the functions described in the
previous subclause (<a href="#7.29.3.1">7.29.3.1</a>).
<!--page 469 -->
-<a name="7.29.3.2.1" href="#7.29.3.2.1"><h5>7.29.3.2.1 The towctrans function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.3.2.1" href="#7.29.3.2.1">7.29.3.2.1 The towctrans function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The towctrans function returns the mapped value of wc using the mapping described
by desc. If desc is zero, the towctrans function returns the value of wc.
-<a name="7.29.3.2.2" href="#7.29.3.2.2"><h5>7.29.3.2.2 The wctrans function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="7.29.3.2.2" href="#7.29.3.2.2">7.29.3.2.2 The wctrans function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
as the second argument to the towctrans function; otherwise, it returns zero.
<!--page 470 -->
-<a name="7.30" href="#7.30"><h3>7.30 Future library directions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="7.30" href="#7.30">7.30 Future library directions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following names are grouped under individual headers for convenience. All external
names described below are reserved no matter what headers are included by the program.
-<a name="7.30.1" href="#7.30.1"><h4>7.30.1 Complex arithmetic <complex.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.1" href="#7.30.1">7.30.1 Complex arithmetic <complex.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The function names
<pre>
and the same names suffixed with f or l may be added to the declarations in the
<a href="#7.3"><complex.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.2" href="#7.30.2"><h4>7.30.2 Character handling <ctype.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.2" href="#7.30.2">7.30.2 Character handling <ctype.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Function names that begin with either is or to, and a lowercase letter may be added to
the declarations in the <a href="#7.4"><ctype.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.3" href="#7.30.3"><h4>7.30.3 Errors <errno.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.3" href="#7.30.3">7.30.3 Errors <errno.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Macros that begin with E and a digit or E and an uppercase letter may be added to the
declarations in the <a href="#7.5"><errno.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.4" href="#7.30.4"><h4>7.30.4 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.4" href="#7.30.4">7.30.4 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Macro names beginning with PRI or SCN followed by any lowercase letter or X may be
added to the macros defined in the <a href="#7.8"><inttypes.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.5" href="#7.30.5"><h4>7.30.5 Localization <locale.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.5" href="#7.30.5">7.30.5 Localization <locale.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Macros that begin with LC_ and an uppercase letter may be added to the definitions in
the <a href="#7.11"><locale.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.6" href="#7.30.6"><h4>7.30.6 Signal handling <signal.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.6" href="#7.30.6">7.30.6 Signal handling <signal.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Macros that begin with either SIG and an uppercase letter or SIG_ and an uppercase
letter may be added to the definitions in the <a href="#7.14"><signal.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.7" href="#7.30.7"><h4>7.30.7 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.7" href="#7.30.7">7.30.7 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The ability to undefine and perhaps then redefine the macros bool, true, and false is
an obsolescent feature.
-<a name="7.30.8" href="#7.30.8"><h4>7.30.8 Integer types <stdint.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.8" href="#7.30.8">7.30.8 Integer types <stdint.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Typedef names beginning with int or uint and ending with _t may be added to the
types defined in the <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a> header. Macro names beginning with INT or UINT
<a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a> header.
<!--page 471 -->
-<a name="7.30.9" href="#7.30.9"><h4>7.30.9 Input/output <stdio.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.9" href="#7.30.9">7.30.9 Input/output <stdio.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Lowercase letters may be added to the conversion specifiers and length modifiers in
fprintf and fscanf. Other characters may be used in extensions.
The use of ungetc on a binary stream where the file position indicator is zero prior to *
the call is an obsolescent feature.
-<a name="7.30.10" href="#7.30.10"><h4>7.30.10 General utilities <stdlib.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.10" href="#7.30.10">7.30.10 General utilities <stdlib.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Function names that begin with str and a lowercase letter may be added to the
declarations in the <a href="#7.22"><stdlib.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.11" href="#7.30.11"><h4>7.30.11 String handling <string.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.11" href="#7.30.11">7.30.11 String handling <string.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Function names that begin with str, mem, or wcs and a lowercase letter may be added
to the declarations in the <a href="#7.23"><string.h></a> header.
-<a name="7.30.12" href="#7.30.12"><h4>7.30.12 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.12" href="#7.30.12">7.30.12 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Function names that begin with wcs and a lowercase letter may be added to the
declarations in the <a href="#7.28"><wchar.h></a> header.
Lowercase letters may be added to the conversion specifiers and length modifiers in
fwprintf and fwscanf. Other characters may be used in extensions.
-<a name="7.30.13" href="#7.30.13"><h4>7.30.13 Wide character classification and mapping utilities</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="7.30.13" href="#7.30.13">7.30.13 Wide character classification and mapping utilities</a></h4>
<a href="#7.29"><wctype.h></a>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Function names that begin with is or to and a lowercase letter may be added to the
declarations in the <a href="#7.29"><wctype.h></a> header.
<!--page 472 -->
-<a name="A" href="#A"><h2>Annex A</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="A" href="#A">Annex A</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(informative)
NOTE The notation is described in <a href="#6.1">6.1</a>.
-<a name="A.1" href="#A.1"><h3>A.1 Lexical grammar</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="A.1" href="#A.1">A.1 Lexical grammar</a></h3>
-<a name="A.1.1" href="#A.1.1"><h4>A.1.1 Lexical elements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.1" href="#A.1.1">A.1.1 Lexical elements</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4">6.4</a>) token:
<pre>
keyword
punctuator
each non-white-space character that cannot be one of the above</pre>
-<a name="A.1.2" href="#A.1.2"><h4>A.1.2 Keywords</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.2" href="#A.1.2">A.1.2 Keywords</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.1">6.4.1</a>) keyword: one of
<pre>
alignof goto union
float switch _Thread_local
for typedef</pre>
-<a name="A.1.3" href="#A.1.3"><h4>A.1.3 Identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.3" href="#A.1.3">A.1.3 Identifiers</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.2.1">6.4.2.1</a>) identifier:
<pre>
identifier-nondigit
<pre>
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9</pre>
-<a name="A.1.4" href="#A.1.4"><h4>A.1.4 Universal character names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.4" href="#A.1.4">A.1.4 Universal character names</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.3">6.4.3</a>) universal-character-name:
<pre>
\u hex-quad
hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit
hexadecimal-digit hexadecimal-digit</pre>
-<a name="A.1.5" href="#A.1.5"><h4>A.1.5 Constants</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.5" href="#A.1.5">A.1.5 Constants</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.4">6.4.4</a>) constant:
<pre>
integer-constant
\x hexadecimal-digit
hexadecimal-escape-sequence hexadecimal-digit</pre>
-<a name="A.1.6" href="#A.1.6"><h4>A.1.6 String literals</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.6" href="#A.1.6">A.1.6 String literals</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.5">6.4.5</a>) string-literal:
<pre>
encoding-prefixopt " s-char-sequenceopt "</pre>
the double-quote ", backslash \, or new-line character
escape-sequence</pre>
-<a name="A.1.7" href="#A.1.7"><h4>A.1.7 Punctuators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.7" href="#A.1.7">A.1.7 Punctuators</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.6">6.4.6</a>) punctuator: one of
<!--page 478 -->
<pre>
, # ##
<: :> <% %> %: %:%:</pre>
-<a name="A.1.8" href="#A.1.8"><h4>A.1.8 Header names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.8" href="#A.1.8">A.1.8 Header names</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.7">6.4.7</a>) header-name:
<pre>
< h-char-sequence >
any member of the source character set except
the new-line character and "</pre>
-<a name="A.1.9" href="#A.1.9"><h4>A.1.9 Preprocessing numbers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.1.9" href="#A.1.9">A.1.9 Preprocessing numbers</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.4.8">6.4.8</a>) pp-number:
<!--page 479 -->
<pre>
pp-number P sign
pp-number .</pre>
-<a name="A.2" href="#A.2"><h3>A.2 Phrase structure grammar</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="A.2" href="#A.2">A.2 Phrase structure grammar</a></h3>
-<a name="A.2.1" href="#A.2.1"><h4>A.2.1 Expressions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.2.1" href="#A.2.1">A.2.1 Expressions</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.5.1">6.5.1</a>) primary-expression:
<pre>
identifier
<pre>
conditional-expression</pre>
-<a name="A.2.2" href="#A.2.2"><h4>A.2.2 Declarations</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.2.2" href="#A.2.2">A.2.2 Declarations</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.7">6.7</a>) declaration:
<pre>
declaration-specifiers init-declarator-listopt ;
<pre>
_Static_assert ( constant-expression , string-literal ) ;</pre>
-<a name="A.2.3" href="#A.2.3"><h4>A.2.3 Statements</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.2.3" href="#A.2.3">A.2.3 Statements</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.8">6.8</a>) statement:
<pre>
labeled-statement
break ;
return expressionopt ;</pre>
-<a name="A.2.4" href="#A.2.4"><h4>A.2.4 External definitions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="A.2.4" href="#A.2.4">A.2.4 External definitions</a></h4>
(<a href="#6.9">6.9</a>) translation-unit:
<pre>
external-declaration
declaration
declaration-list declaration</pre>
-<a name="A.3" href="#A.3"><h3>A.3 Preprocessing directives</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="A.3" href="#A.3">A.3 Preprocessing directives</a></h3>
(<a href="#6.10">6.10</a>) preprocessing-file:
<pre>
groupopt</pre>
<pre>
the new-line character</pre>
-<a name="B" href="#B"><h2>Annex B</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="B" href="#B">Annex B</a></h2>
<pre>
(informative)
Library summary</pre>
-<a name="B.1" href="#B.1"><h3>B.1 Diagnostics <assert.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.1" href="#B.1">B.1 Diagnostics <assert.h></a></h3>
<pre>
NDEBUG
static_assert
void assert(scalar expression);</pre>
-<a name="B.2" href="#B.2"><h3>B.2 Complex <complex.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.2" href="#B.2">B.2 Complex <complex.h></a></h3>
<!--page 490 -->
<!--page 491 -->
<pre>
float crealf(float complex z);
long double creall(long double complex z);</pre>
-<a name="B.3" href="#B.3"><h3>B.3 Character handling <ctype.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.3" href="#B.3">B.3 Character handling <ctype.h></a></h3>
<pre>
int isalnum(int c);
int isalpha(int c);
int tolower(int c);
int toupper(int c);</pre>
-<a name="B.4" href="#B.4"><h3>B.4 Errors <errno.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.4" href="#B.4">B.4 Errors <errno.h></a></h3>
<pre>
EDOM EILSEQ ERANGE errno
__STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__
errno_t</pre>
-<a name="B.5" href="#B.5"><h3>B.5 Floating-point environment <fenv.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.5" href="#B.5">B.5 Floating-point environment <fenv.h></a></h3>
<!--page 492 -->
<pre>
fenv_t FE_OVERFLOW FE_TOWARDZERO
int fesetenv(const fenv_t *envp);
int feupdateenv(const fenv_t *envp);</pre>
-<a name="B.6" href="#B.6"><h3>B.6 Characteristics of floating types <float.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.6" href="#B.6">B.6 Characteristics of floating types <float.h></a></h3>
<pre>
FLT_ROUNDS DBL_DIG FLT_MAX
FLT_EVAL_METHOD LDBL_DIG DBL_MAX
DECIMAL_DIG DBL_MAX_10_EXP
FLT_DIG LDBL_MAX_10_EXP</pre>
-<a name="B.7" href="#B.7"><h3>B.7 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.7" href="#B.7">B.7 Format conversion of integer types <inttypes.h></a></h3>
<!--page 493 -->
<pre>
imaxdiv_t
uintmax_t wcstoumax(const wchar_t * restrict nptr,
wchar_t ** restrict endptr, int base);</pre>
-<a name="B.8" href="#B.8"><h3>B.8 Alternative spellings <iso646.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.8" href="#B.8">B.8 Alternative spellings <iso646.h></a></h3>
<pre>
and bitor not_eq xor
and_eq compl or xor_eq
bitand not or_eq</pre>
-<a name="B.9" href="#B.9"><h3>B.9 Sizes of integer types <limits.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.9" href="#B.9">B.9 Sizes of integer types <limits.h></a></h3>
<pre>
CHAR_BIT CHAR_MAX INT_MIN ULONG_MAX
SCHAR_MIN MB_LEN_MAX INT_MAX LLONG_MIN
UCHAR_MAX SHRT_MAX LONG_MIN ULLONG_MAX
CHAR_MIN USHRT_MAX LONG_MAX</pre>
-<a name="B.10" href="#B.10"><h3>B.10 Localization <locale.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.10" href="#B.10">B.10 Localization <locale.h></a></h3>
<pre>
struct lconv LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_NUMERIC
NULL LC_COLLATE LC_MONETARY LC_TIME
char *setlocale(int category, const char *locale);
struct lconv *localeconv(void);</pre>
-<a name="B.11" href="#B.11"><h3>B.11 Mathematics <math.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.11" href="#B.11">B.11 Mathematics <math.h></a></h3>
<!--page 494 -->
<!--page 495 -->
<!--page 496 -->
int islessgreater(real-floating x, real-floating y);
int isunordered(real-floating x, real-floating y);</pre>
-<a name="B.12" href="#B.12"><h3>B.12 Nonlocal jumps <setjmp.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.12" href="#B.12">B.12 Nonlocal jumps <setjmp.h></a></h3>
<pre>
jmp_buf
int setjmp(jmp_buf env);
_Noreturn void longjmp(jmp_buf env, int val);</pre>
-<a name="B.13" href="#B.13"><h3>B.13 Signal handling <signal.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.13" href="#B.13">B.13 Signal handling <signal.h></a></h3>
<!--page 499 -->
<pre>
sig_atomic_t SIG_IGN SIGILL SIGTERM
void (*signal(int sig, void (*func)(int)))(int);
int raise(int sig);</pre>
-<a name="B.14" href="#B.14"><h3>B.14 Alignment <stdalign.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.14" href="#B.14">B.14 Alignment <stdalign.h></a></h3>
<pre>
alignas
__alignas_is_defined</pre>
-<a name="B.15" href="#B.15"><h3>B.15 Variable arguments <stdarg.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.15" href="#B.15">B.15 Variable arguments <stdarg.h></a></h3>
<pre>
va_list
type va_arg(va_list ap, type);
void va_end(va_list ap);
void va_start(va_list ap, parmN);</pre>
-<a name="B.16" href="#B.16"><h3>B.16 Atomics <stdatomic.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.16" href="#B.16">B.16 Atomics <stdatomic.h></a></h3>
<!--page 500 -->
<!--page 501 -->
<pre>
void atomic_flag_clear_explicit(
volatile atomic_flag *object, memory_order order);</pre>
-<a name="B.17" href="#B.17"><h3>B.17 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.17" href="#B.17">B.17 Boolean type and values <stdbool.h></a></h3>
<pre>
bool
true
false
__bool_true_false_are_defined</pre>
-<a name="B.18" href="#B.18"><h3>B.18 Common definitions <stddef.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.18" href="#B.18">B.18 Common definitions <stddef.h></a></h3>
<pre>
ptrdiff_t max_align_t NULL
size_t wchar_t
__STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__
rsize_t</pre>
-<a name="B.19" href="#B.19"><h3>B.19 Integer types <stdint.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.19" href="#B.19">B.19 Integer types <stdint.h></a></h3>
<!--page 502 -->
<pre>
intN_t INT_LEASTN_MIN PTRDIFF_MAX
__STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__
RSIZE_MAX</pre>
-<a name="B.20" href="#B.20"><h3>B.20 Input/output <stdio.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.20" href="#B.20">B.20 Input/output <stdio.h></a></h3>
<!--page 503 -->
<!--page 504 -->
<!--page 505 -->
va_list arg);
char *gets_s(char *s, rsize_t n);</pre>
-<a name="B.21" href="#B.21"><h3>B.21 General utilities <stdlib.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.21" href="#B.21">B.21 General utilities <stdlib.h></a></h3>
<!--page 506 -->
<!--page 507 -->
<pre>
char * restrict dst, rsize_t dstmax,
const wchar_t * restrict src, rsize_t len);</pre>
-<a name="B.22" href="#B.22"><h3>B.22 String handling <string.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.22" href="#B.22">B.22 String handling <string.h></a></h3>
<!--page 508 -->
<!--page 509 -->
<pre>
size_t strerrorlen_s(errno_t errnum);
size_t strnlen_s(const char *s, size_t maxsize);</pre>
-<a name="B.23" href="#B.23"><h3>B.23 Type-generic math <tgmath.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.23" href="#B.23">B.23 Type-generic math <tgmath.h></a></h3>
<pre>
acos sqrt fmod nextafter
asin fabs frexp nexttoward
log fmax lround cproj
pow fmin nearbyint creal</pre>
-<a name="B.24" href="#B.24"><h3>B.24 Threads <threads.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.24" href="#B.24">B.24 Threads <threads.h></a></h3>
<!--page 510 -->
<pre>
ONCE_FLAG_INIT mtx_plain
int tss_set(tss_t key, void *val);
int xtime_get(xtime *xt, int base);</pre>
-<a name="B.25" href="#B.25"><h3>B.25 Date and time <time.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.25" href="#B.25">B.25 Date and time <time.h></a></h3>
<!--page 511 -->
<pre>
NULL size_t time_t
struct tm *localtime_s(const time_t * restrict timer,
struct tm * restrict result);</pre>
-<a name="B.26" href="#B.26"><h3>B.26 Unicode utilities <uchar.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.26" href="#B.26">B.26 Unicode utilities <uchar.h></a></h3>
<pre>
mbstate_t size_t char16_t char32_t
size_t mbrtoc16(char16_t * restrict pc16,
size_t c32rtomb(char * restrict s, char32_t c32,
mbstate_t * restrict ps);</pre>
-<a name="B.27" href="#B.27"><h3>B.27 Extended multibyte/wide character utilities <wchar.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.27" href="#B.27">B.27 Extended multibyte/wide character utilities <wchar.h></a></h3>
<!--page 512 -->
<!--page 513 -->
<!--page 514 -->
const wchar_t ** restrict src, rsize_t len,
mbstate_t * restrict ps);</pre>
-<a name="B.28" href="#B.28"><h3>B.28 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="B.28" href="#B.28">B.28 Wide character classification and mapping utilities <wctype.h></a></h3>
<!--page 517 -->
<pre>
wint_t wctrans_t wctype_t WEOF
wint_t towctrans(wint_t wc, wctrans_t desc);
wctrans_t wctrans(const char *property);</pre>
-<a name="C" href="#C"><h2>Annex C</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="C" href="#C">Annex C</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(informative)
<!--page 518 -->
</ul>
-<a name="D" href="#D"><h2>Annex D</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="D" href="#D">Annex D</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(normative)
This clause lists the hexadecimal code values that are valid in universal character names
in identifiers.
-<a name="D.1" href="#D.1"><h3>D.1 Ranges of characters allowed</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="D.1" href="#D.1">D.1 Ranges of characters allowed</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
00A8, 00AA, 00AD, 00AF, 00B2-00B5, 00B7-00BA, 00BC-00BE, 00C0-00D6,
00D8-00F6, 00F8-00FF
60000-6FFFD, 70000-7FFFD, 80000-8FFFD, 90000-9FFFD, A0000-AFFFD,
B0000-BFFFD, C0000-CFFFD, D0000-DFFFD, E0000-EFFFD
-<a name="D.2" href="#D.2"><h3>D.2 Ranges of characters disallowed initially</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="D.2" href="#D.2">D.2 Ranges of characters disallowed initially</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
0300-036F, 1DC0-1DFF, 20D0-20FF, FE20-FE2F
<!--page 519 -->
-<a name="E" href="#E"><h2>Annex E</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="E" href="#E">Annex E</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(informative)
#define LDBL_EPSILON 1E-9
#define LDBL_MIN 1E-37</pre>
-<a name="F" href="#F"><h2>Annex F</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="F" href="#F">Annex F</a></h2>
<pre>
(normative)
IEC 60559 floating-point arithmetic</pre>
-<a name="F.1" href="#F.1"><h3>F.1 Introduction</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.1" href="#F.1">F.1 Introduction</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This annex specifies C language support for the IEC 60559 floating-point standard. The
IEC 60559 floating-point standard is specifically Binary floating-point arithmetic for
specifications.
</small>
-<a name="F.2" href="#F.2"><h3>F.2 Types</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.2" href="#F.2">F.2 Types</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The C floating types match the IEC 60559 formats as follows:
<ul>
<!--page 522 -->
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The long double type should match an IEC 60559 extended format.
all double values.
</small>
-<a name="F.2.1" href="#F.2.1"><h4>F.2.1 Infinities, signed zeros, and NaNs</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.2.1" href="#F.2.1">F.2.1 Infinities, signed zeros, and NaNs</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This specification does not define the behavior of signaling NaNs.<sup><a href="#note346"><b>346)</b></a></sup> It generally uses
the term NaN to denote quiet NaNs. The NAN and INFINITY macros and the nan
sufficient for closure of the arithmetic.
</small>
-<a name="F.3" href="#F.3"><h3>F.3 Operators and functions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.3" href="#F.3">F.3 Operators and functions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
C operators and functions provide IEC 60559 required and recommended facilities as
listed below.
macros defined in <a href="#7.12.3">7.12.3</a> do not distinguish signaling from quiet NaNs).
</ul>
-<a name="F.4" href="#F.4"><h3>F.4 Floating to integer conversion</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.4" href="#F.4">F.4 Floating to integer conversion</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If the integer type is _Bool, <a href="#6.3.1.2">6.3.1.2</a> applies and no floating-point exceptions are raised
(even for NaN). Otherwise, if the floating value is infinite or NaN or if the integral part
<a href="#7.12"><math.h></a>.
</small>
-<a name="F.5" href="#F.5"><h3>F.5 Binary-decimal conversion</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.5" href="#F.5">F.5 Binary-decimal conversion</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Conversion from the widest supported IEC 60559 format to decimal with
DECIMAL_DIG digits and back is the identity function.<sup><a href="#note348"><b>348)</b></a></sup>
DBL_DIG are 18 and 15, respectively, for these formats.)
</small>
-<a name="F.6" href="#F.6"><h3>F.6 The return statement</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.6" href="#F.6">F.6 The return statement</a></h3>
If the return expression is evaluated in a floating-point format different from the return
type, the expression is converted as if by assignment<sup><a href="#note349"><b>349)</b></a></sup> to the return type of the function
and the resulting value is returned to the caller.
<p><small><a name="note349" href="#note349">349)</a> Assignment removes any extra range and precision.
</small>
-<a name="F.7" href="#F.7"><h3>F.7 Contracted expressions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.7" href="#F.7">F.7 Contracted expressions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A contracted expression is correctly rounded (once) and treats infinities, NaNs, signed
zeros, subnormals, and the rounding directions in a manner consistent with the basic
arithmetic operations covered by IEC 60559.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 2 -->
A contracted expression should raise floating-point exceptions in a manner generally
consistent with the basic arithmetic operations. *
-<a name="F.8" href="#F.8"><h3>F.8 Floating-point environment</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.8" href="#F.8">F.8 Floating-point environment</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The floating-point environment defined in <a href="#7.6"><fenv.h></a> includes the IEC 60559 floating-
point exception status flags and directed-rounding control modes. It includes also
<p><small><a name="note350" href="#note350">350)</a> This specification does not require dynamic rounding precision nor trap enablement modes.
</small>
-<a name="F.8.1" href="#F.8.1"><h4>F.8.1 Environment management</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.8.1" href="#F.8.1">F.8.1 Environment management</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
IEC 60559 requires that floating-point operations implicitly raise floating-point exception
status flags, and that rounding control modes can be set explicitly to affect result values of
which allows certain optimizations (see <a href="#F.9">F.9</a>).
</small>
-<a name="F.8.2" href="#F.8.2"><h4>F.8.2 Translation</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.8.2" href="#F.8.2">F.8.2 Translation</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
During translation the IEC 60559 default modes are in effect:
<ul>
<li> The rounding precision mode (if supported) is set so that results are not shortened.
<li> Trapping or stopping (if supported) is disabled on all floating-point exceptions.
</ul>
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 2 -->
The implementation should produce a diagnostic message for each translation-time
floating-point exception, other than ''inexact'';<sup><a href="#note352"><b>352)</b></a></sup> the implementation should then
strtod, provide execution-time conversion of numeric strings.
</small>
-<a name="F.8.3" href="#F.8.3"><h4>F.8.3 Execution</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.8.3" href="#F.8.3">F.8.3 Execution</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
At program startup the floating-point environment is initialized as prescribed by
IEC 60559:
<li> Trapping or stopping (if supported) is disabled on all floating-point exceptions.
</ul>
-<a name="F.8.4" href="#F.8.4"><h4>F.8.4 Constant expressions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.8.4" href="#F.8.4">F.8.4 Constant expressions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An arithmetic constant expression of floating type, other than one in an initializer for an
object that has static or thread storage duration, is evaluated (as if) during execution; thus,
const static double one_third = 1.0/3.0;</pre>
</small>
-<a name="F.8.5" href="#F.8.5"><h4>F.8.5 Initialization</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.8.5" href="#F.8.5">F.8.5 Initialization</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
All computation for automatic initialization is done (as if) at execution time; thus, it is
affected by any operative modes and raises floating-point exceptions as required by
could be done at translation time, regardless of the expression evaluation method.
</small>
-<a name="F.8.6" href="#F.8.6"><h4>F.8.6 Changing the environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.8.6" href="#F.8.6">F.8.6 Changing the environment</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Operations defined in <a href="#6.5">6.5</a> and functions and macros defined for the standard libraries
change floating-point status flags and control modes just as indicated by their
''inexact'', or ''underflow'' and ''inexact''), then ''overflow'' or ''underflow'' is raised
before ''inexact''.
-<a name="F.9" href="#F.9"><h3>F.9 Optimization</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.9" href="#F.9">F.9 Optimization</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This section identifies code transformations that might subvert IEC 60559-specified
behavior, and others that do not.
-<a name="F.9.1" href="#F.9.1"><h4>F.9.1 Global transformations</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.9.1" href="#F.9.1">F.9.1 Global transformations</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Floating-point arithmetic operations and external function calls may entail side effects
which optimization shall honor, at least where the state of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is
<pre>
if (0 < n) x + 1;</pre>
-<a name="F.9.2" href="#F.9.2"><h4>F.9.2 Expression transformations</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.9.2" href="#F.9.2">F.9.2 Expression transformations</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
x/2 <-> x x 0.5 Although similar transformations involving inexact constants
<pre>
for complex z.
</small>
-<a name="F.9.3" href="#F.9.3"><h4>F.9.3 Relational operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.9.3" href="#F.9.3">F.9.3 Relational operators</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
x != x -> false The expression x != x is true if x is a NaN.
x = x -> true The expression x = x is false if x is a NaN.
f();</pre>
-<a name="F.9.4" href="#F.9.4"><h4>F.9.4 Constant arithmetic</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.9.4" href="#F.9.4">F.9.4 Constant arithmetic</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The implementation shall honor floating-point exceptions raised by execution-time
constant arithmetic wherever the state of the FENV_ACCESS pragma is ''on''. (See <a href="#F.8.4">F.8.4</a>
<p><small><a name="note357" href="#note357">357)</a> 0 - 0 yields -0 instead of +0 just when the rounding direction is downward.
</small>
-<a name="F.10" href="#F.10"><h3>F.10 Mathematics <math.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="F.10" href="#F.10">F.10 Mathematics <math.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This subclause contains specifications of <a href="#7.12"><math.h></a> facilities that are particularly suited
for IEC 60559 implementations.
For families of functions, the specifications apply to all of the functions even though only
the principal function is shown. Unless otherwise specified, where the symbol ''(+-)''
occurs in both an argument and the result, the result has the same sign as the argument.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 13 -->
If a function with one or more NaN arguments returns a NaN result, the result should be
the same as one of the NaN arguments (after possible type conversion), except perhaps
avoiding them would be too costly.
</small>
-<a name="F.10.1" href="#F.10.1"><h4>F.10.1 Trigonometric functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.1" href="#F.10.1">F.10.1 Trigonometric functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.1.1" href="#F.10.1.1"><h5>F.10.1.1 The acos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.1" href="#F.10.1.1">F.10.1.1 The acos functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> acos(1) returns +0.
| x | > 1.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.1.2" href="#F.10.1.2"><h5>F.10.1.2 The asin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.2" href="#F.10.1.2">F.10.1.2 The asin functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> asin((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<!--page 533 -->
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.1.3" href="#F.10.1.3"><h5>F.10.1.3 The atan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.3" href="#F.10.1.3">F.10.1.3 The atan functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> atan((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> atan((+-)(inf)) returns (+-)pi /2.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.1.4" href="#F.10.1.4"><h5>F.10.1.4 The atan2 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.4" href="#F.10.1.4">F.10.1.4 The atan2 functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> atan2((+-)0, -0) returns (+-)pi .<sup><a href="#note360"><b>360)</b></a></sup>
the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
</small>
-<a name="F.10.1.5" href="#F.10.1.5"><h5>F.10.1.5 The cos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.5" href="#F.10.1.5">F.10.1.5 The cos functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> cos((+-)0) returns 1.
<li> cos((+-)(inf)) returns a NaN and raises the ''invalid'' floating-point exception.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.1.6" href="#F.10.1.6"><h5>F.10.1.6 The sin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.6" href="#F.10.1.6">F.10.1.6 The sin functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> sin((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> sin((+-)(inf)) returns a NaN and raises the ''invalid'' floating-point exception.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.1.7" href="#F.10.1.7"><h5>F.10.1.7 The tan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.1.7" href="#F.10.1.7">F.10.1.7 The tan functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> tan((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<!--page 534 -->
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.2" href="#F.10.2"><h4>F.10.2 Hyperbolic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.2" href="#F.10.2">F.10.2 Hyperbolic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.2.1" href="#F.10.2.1"><h5>F.10.2.1 The acosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.2.1" href="#F.10.2.1">F.10.2.1 The acosh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> acosh(1) returns +0.
<li> acosh(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.2.2" href="#F.10.2.2"><h5>F.10.2.2 The asinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.2.2" href="#F.10.2.2">F.10.2.2 The asinh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> asinh((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> asinh((+-)(inf)) returns (+-)(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.2.3" href="#F.10.2.3"><h5>F.10.2.3 The atanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.2.3" href="#F.10.2.3">F.10.2.3 The atanh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> atanh((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
| x | > 1.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.2.4" href="#F.10.2.4"><h5>F.10.2.4 The cosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.2.4" href="#F.10.2.4">F.10.2.4 The cosh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> cosh((+-)0) returns 1.
<li> cosh((+-)(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.2.5" href="#F.10.2.5"><h5>F.10.2.5 The sinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.2.5" href="#F.10.2.5">F.10.2.5 The sinh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> sinh((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> sinh((+-)(inf)) returns (+-)(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.2.6" href="#F.10.2.6"><h5>F.10.2.6 The tanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.2.6" href="#F.10.2.6">F.10.2.6 The tanh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> tanh((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> tanh((+-)(inf)) returns (+-)1.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3" href="#F.10.3"><h4>F.10.3 Exponential and logarithmic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.3" href="#F.10.3">F.10.3 Exponential and logarithmic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.3.1" href="#F.10.3.1"><h5>F.10.3.1 The exp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.1" href="#F.10.3.1">F.10.3.1 The exp functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> exp((+-)0) returns 1.
<!--page 535 -->
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.2" href="#F.10.3.2"><h5>F.10.3.2 The exp2 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.2" href="#F.10.3.2">F.10.3.2 The exp2 functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> exp2((+-)0) returns 1.
<li> exp2(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.3" href="#F.10.3.3"><h5>F.10.3.3 The expm1 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.3" href="#F.10.3.3">F.10.3.3 The expm1 functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> expm1((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> expm1(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.4" href="#F.10.3.4"><h5>F.10.3.4 The frexp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.4" href="#F.10.3.4">F.10.3.4 The frexp functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> frexp((+-)0, exp) returns (+-)0, and stores 0 in the object pointed to by exp.
return scalbn(value, -(*exp));
}</pre>
-<a name="F.10.3.5" href="#F.10.3.5"><h5>F.10.3.5 The ilogb functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.5" href="#F.10.3.5">F.10.3.5 The ilogb functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When the correct result is representable in the range of the return type, the returned value
is exact and is independent of the current rounding direction mode.
unspecified and the ''invalid'' floating-point exception is raised.
<!--page 536 -->
-<a name="F.10.3.6" href="#F.10.3.6"><h5>F.10.3.6 The ldexp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.6" href="#F.10.3.6">F.10.3.6 The ldexp functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
On a binary system, ldexp(x, exp) is equivalent to scalbn(x, exp).
-<a name="F.10.3.7" href="#F.10.3.7"><h5>F.10.3.7 The log functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.7" href="#F.10.3.7">F.10.3.7 The log functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> log((+-)0) returns -(inf) and raises the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
<li> log(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.8" href="#F.10.3.8"><h5>F.10.3.8 The log10 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.8" href="#F.10.3.8">F.10.3.8 The log10 functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> log10((+-)0) returns -(inf) and raises the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
<li> log10(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.9" href="#F.10.3.9"><h5>F.10.3.9 The log1p functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.9" href="#F.10.3.9">F.10.3.9 The log1p functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> log1p((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> log1p(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.10" href="#F.10.3.10"><h5>F.10.3.10 The log2 functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.10" href="#F.10.3.10">F.10.3.10 The log2 functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> log2((+-)0) returns -(inf) and raises the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
<li> log2(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.3.11" href="#F.10.3.11"><h5>F.10.3.11 The logb functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.11" href="#F.10.3.11">F.10.3.11 The logb functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> logb((+-)0) returns -(inf) and raises the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
The returned value is exact and is independent of the current rounding direction mode.
<!--page 537 -->
-<a name="F.10.3.12" href="#F.10.3.12"><h5>F.10.3.12 The modf functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.12" href="#F.10.3.12">F.10.3.12 The modf functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> modf((+-)x, iptr) returns a result with the same sign as x.
value - (*iptr), value);
}</pre>
-<a name="F.10.3.13" href="#F.10.3.13"><h5>F.10.3.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.3.13" href="#F.10.3.13">F.10.3.13 The scalbn and scalbln functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> scalbn((+-)0, n) returns (+-)0.
independent of the current rounding direction mode.
<!--page 538 -->
-<a name="F.10.4" href="#F.10.4"><h4>F.10.4 Power and absolute value functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.4" href="#F.10.4">F.10.4 Power and absolute value functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.4.1" href="#F.10.4.1"><h5>F.10.4.1 The cbrt functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.4.1" href="#F.10.4.1">F.10.4.1 The cbrt functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> cbrt((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> cbrt((+-)(inf)) returns (+-)(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.4.2" href="#F.10.4.2"><h5>F.10.4.2 The fabs functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.4.2" href="#F.10.4.2">F.10.4.2 The fabs functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> fabs((+-)0) returns +0.
<p><!--para 2 -->
The returned value is exact and is independent of the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.4.3" href="#F.10.4.3"><h5>F.10.4.3 The hypot functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.4.3" href="#F.10.4.3">F.10.4.3 The hypot functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> hypot(x, y), hypot(y, x), and hypot(x, -y) are equivalent.
<li> hypot((+-)(inf), y) returns +(inf), even if y is a NaN.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.4.4" href="#F.10.4.4"><h5>F.10.4.4 The pow functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.4.4" href="#F.10.4.4">F.10.4.4 The pow functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> pow((+-)0, y) returns (+-)(inf) and raises the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception
<li> pow(+(inf), y) returns +(inf) for y > 0.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.4.5" href="#F.10.4.5"><h5>F.10.4.5 The sqrt functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.4.5" href="#F.10.4.5">F.10.4.5 The sqrt functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
sqrt is fully specified as a basic arithmetic operation in IEC 60559. The returned value
is dependent on the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.5" href="#F.10.5"><h4>F.10.5 Error and gamma functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.5" href="#F.10.5">F.10.5 Error and gamma functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.5.1" href="#F.10.5.1"><h5>F.10.5.1 The erf functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.5.1" href="#F.10.5.1">F.10.5.1 The erf functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> erf((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
<li> erf((+-)(inf)) returns (+-)1.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.5.2" href="#F.10.5.2"><h5>F.10.5.2 The erfc functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.5.2" href="#F.10.5.2">F.10.5.2 The erfc functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> erfc(-(inf)) returns 2.
<li> erfc(+(inf)) returns +0.
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.5.3" href="#F.10.5.3"><h5>F.10.5.3 The lgamma functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.5.3" href="#F.10.5.3">F.10.5.3 The lgamma functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> lgamma(1) returns +0.
<li> lgamma(+(inf)) returns +(inf).
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.5.4" href="#F.10.5.4"><h5>F.10.5.4 The tgamma functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.5.4" href="#F.10.5.4">F.10.5.4 The tgamma functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> tgamma((+-)0) returns (+-)(inf) and raises the ''divide-by-zero'' floating-point exception.
<!--page 540 -->
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.6" href="#F.10.6"><h4>F.10.6 Nearest integer functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.6" href="#F.10.6">F.10.6 Nearest integer functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.6.1" href="#F.10.6.1"><h5>F.10.6.1 The ceil functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.1" href="#F.10.6.1">F.10.6.1 The ceil functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> ceil((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
The ceil functions may, but are not required to, raise the ''inexact'' floating-point
exception for finite non-integer arguments, as this implementation does.
-<a name="F.10.6.2" href="#F.10.6.2"><h5>F.10.6.2 The floor functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.2" href="#F.10.6.2">F.10.6.2 The floor functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> floor((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
not required to, raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception for finite non-integer
arguments, as that implementation does.
-<a name="F.10.6.3" href="#F.10.6.3"><h5>F.10.6.3 The nearbyint functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.3" href="#F.10.6.3">F.10.6.3 The nearbyint functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The nearbyint functions use IEC 60559 rounding according to the current rounding
direction. They do not raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception if the result differs in
<!--page 541 -->
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.6.4" href="#F.10.6.4"><h5>F.10.6.4 The rint functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.4" href="#F.10.6.4">F.10.6.4 The rint functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The rint functions differ from the nearbyint functions only in that they do raise the
''inexact'' floating-point exception if the result differs in value from the argument.
-<a name="F.10.6.5" href="#F.10.6.5"><h5>F.10.6.5 The lrint and llrint functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.5" href="#F.10.6.5">F.10.6.5 The lrint and llrint functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The lrint and llrint functions provide floating-to-integer conversion as prescribed
by IEC 60559. They round according to the current rounding direction. If the rounded
exception and the result differs from the argument, they raise the ''inexact'' floating-point
exception.
-<a name="F.10.6.6" href="#F.10.6.6"><h5>F.10.6.6 The round functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.6" href="#F.10.6.6">F.10.6.6 The round functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> round((+-)0) returns (+-)0.
exception for finite non-integer numeric arguments, as this implementation does.
<!--page 542 -->
-<a name="F.10.6.7" href="#F.10.6.7"><h5>F.10.6.7 The lround and llround functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.7" href="#F.10.6.7">F.10.6.7 The lround and llround functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The lround and llround functions differ from the lrint and llrint functions
with the default rounding direction just in that the lround and llround functions
round halfway cases away from zero and need not raise the ''inexact'' floating-point
exception for non-integer arguments that round to within the range of the return type.
-<a name="F.10.6.8" href="#F.10.6.8"><h5>F.10.6.8 The trunc functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.6.8" href="#F.10.6.8">F.10.6.8 The trunc functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The trunc functions use IEC 60559 rounding toward zero (regardless of the current
rounding direction). The returned value is exact.
functions may, but are not required to, raise the ''inexact'' floating-point exception for
finite non-integer arguments.
-<a name="F.10.7" href="#F.10.7"><h4>F.10.7 Remainder functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.7" href="#F.10.7">F.10.7 Remainder functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.7.1" href="#F.10.7.1"><h5>F.10.7.1 The fmod functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.7.1" href="#F.10.7.1">F.10.7.1 The fmod functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> fmod((+-)0, y) returns (+-)0 for y not zero.
return copysign(result, x);
}</pre>
-<a name="F.10.7.2" href="#F.10.7.2"><h5>F.10.7.2 The remainder functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.7.2" href="#F.10.7.2">F.10.7.2 The remainder functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The remainder functions are fully specified as a basic arithmetic operation in
IEC 60559.
When subnormal results are supported, the returned value is exact and is independent of
the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.7.3" href="#F.10.7.3"><h5>F.10.7.3 The remquo functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.7.3" href="#F.10.7.3">F.10.7.3 The remquo functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The remquo functions follow the specifications for the remainder functions. They
have no further specifications special to IEC 60559 implementations.
When subnormal results are supported, the returned value is exact and is independent of
the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.8" href="#F.10.8"><h4>F.10.8 Manipulation functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.8" href="#F.10.8">F.10.8 Manipulation functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.8.1" href="#F.10.8.1"><h5>F.10.8.1 The copysign functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.8.1" href="#F.10.8.1">F.10.8.1 The copysign functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
copysign is specified in the Appendix to IEC 60559.
<p><!--para 2 -->
The returned value is exact and is independent of the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.8.2" href="#F.10.8.2"><h5>F.10.8.2 The nan functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.8.2" href="#F.10.8.2">F.10.8.2 The nan functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
All IEC 60559 implementations support quiet NaNs, in all floating formats.
<p><!--para 2 -->
The returned value is exact and is independent of the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.8.3" href="#F.10.8.3"><h5>F.10.8.3 The nextafter functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.8.3" href="#F.10.8.3">F.10.8.3 The nextafter functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> nextafter(x, y) raises the ''overflow'' and ''inexact'' floating-point exceptions
Even though underflow or overflow can occur, the returned value is independent of the
current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.8.4" href="#F.10.8.4"><h5>F.10.8.4 The nexttoward functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.8.4" href="#F.10.8.4">F.10.8.4 The nexttoward functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
No additional requirements beyond those on nextafter.
<p><!--para 2 -->
current rounding direction mode.
<!--page 544 -->
-<a name="F.10.9" href="#F.10.9"><h4>F.10.9 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.9" href="#F.10.9">F.10.9 Maximum, minimum, and positive difference functions</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.9.1" href="#F.10.9.1"><h5>F.10.9.1 The fdim functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.9.1" href="#F.10.9.1">F.10.9.1 The fdim functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
No additional requirements.
-<a name="F.10.9.2" href="#F.10.9.2"><h5>F.10.9.2 The fmax functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.9.2" href="#F.10.9.2">F.10.9.2 The fmax functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If just one argument is a NaN, the fmax functions return the other argument (if both
arguments are NaNs, the functions return a NaN).
return +0; however, implementation in software might be impractical.
</small>
-<a name="F.10.9.3" href="#F.10.9.3"><h5>F.10.9.3 The fmin functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.9.3" href="#F.10.9.3">F.10.9.3 The fmin functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The fmin functions are analogous to the fmax functions (see <a href="#F.10.9.2">F.10.9.2</a>).
<p><!--para 2 -->
The returned value is exact and is independent of the current rounding direction mode.
-<a name="F.10.10" href="#F.10.10"><h4>F.10.10 Floating multiply-add</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.10" href="#F.10.10">F.10.10 Floating multiply-add</a></h4>
-<a name="F.10.10.1" href="#F.10.10.1"><h5>F.10.10.1 The fma functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="F.10.10.1" href="#F.10.10.1">F.10.10.1 The fma functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> fma(x, y, z) computes xy + z, correctly rounded once.
<!--page 545 -->
</ul>
-<a name="F.10.11" href="#F.10.11"><h4>F.10.11 Comparison macros</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="F.10.11" href="#F.10.11">F.10.11 Comparison macros</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Relational operators and their corresponding comparison macros (<a href="#7.12.14">7.12.14</a>) produce
equivalent result values, even if argument values are represented in wider formats. Thus,
operands of relational operators to their semantic types.
<!--page 546 -->
-<a name="G" href="#G"><h2>Annex G</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="G" href="#G">Annex G</a></h2>
<pre>
(normative)
IEC 60559-compatible complex arithmetic</pre>
-<a name="G.1" href="#G.1"><h3>G.1 Introduction</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.1" href="#G.1">G.1 Introduction</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This annex supplements <a href="#F">annex F</a> to specify complex arithmetic for compatibility with
IEC 60559 real floating-point arithmetic. An implementation that defines *
to these specifications.
</small>
-<a name="G.2" href="#G.2"><h3>G.2 Types</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.2" href="#G.2">G.2 Types</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
There is a new keyword _Imaginary, which is used to specify imaginary types. It is
used as a type specifier within declaration specifiers in the same way as _Complex is
<p><!--para 5 -->
The imaginary type domain comprises the imaginary types.
-<a name="G.3" href="#G.3"><h3>G.3 Conventions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.3" href="#G.3">G.3 Conventions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A complex or imaginary value with at least one infinite part is regarded as an infinity
(even if its other part is a NaN). A complex or imaginary value is a finite number if each
<!--page 547 -->
-<a name="G.4" href="#G.4"><h3>G.4 Conversions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.4" href="#G.4">G.4 Conversions</a></h3>
-<a name="G.4.1" href="#G.4.1"><h4>G.4.1 Imaginary types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.4.1" href="#G.4.1">G.4.1 Imaginary types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Conversions among imaginary types follow rules analogous to those for real floating
types.
-<a name="G.4.2" href="#G.4.2"><h4>G.4.2 Real and imaginary</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.4.2" href="#G.4.2">G.4.2 Real and imaginary</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a value of imaginary type is converted to a real type other than _Bool,<sup><a href="#note363"><b>363)</b></a></sup> the
result is a positive zero.
<p><small><a name="note363" href="#note363">363)</a> See <a href="#6.3.1.2">6.3.1.2</a>.
</small>
-<a name="G.4.3" href="#G.4.3"><h4>G.4.3 Imaginary and complex</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.4.3" href="#G.4.3">G.4.3 Imaginary and complex</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
When a value of imaginary type is converted to a complex type, the real part of the
complex result value is a positive zero and the imaginary part of the complex result value
complex value is discarded and the value of the imaginary part is converted according to
the conversion rules for the corresponding real types.
-<a name="G.5" href="#G.5"><h3>G.5 Binary operators</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.5" href="#G.5">G.5 Binary operators</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following subclauses supplement <a href="#6.5">6.5</a> in order to specify the type of the result for an
operation with an imaginary operand.
<!--page 548 -->
-<a name="G.5.1" href="#G.5.1"><h4>G.5.1 Multiplicative operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.5.1" href="#G.5.1">G.5.1 Multiplicative operators</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If one operand has real type and the other operand has imaginary type, then the result has
(at least where the state for CX_LIMITED_RANGE is ''off'').
</small>
-<a name="G.5.2" href="#G.5.2"><h4>G.5.2 Additive operators</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.5.2" href="#G.5.2">G.5.2 Additive operators</a></h4>
<h6>Semantics</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If both operands have imaginary type, then the result has imaginary type. (If one operand
<pre>
x + iy (x (+-) u) + iy x + i(y (+-) v) (x (+-) u) + i(y (+-) v)</pre>
-<a name="G.6" href="#G.6"><h3>G.6 Complex arithmetic <complex.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.6" href="#G.6">G.6 Complex arithmetic <complex.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The macros
<pre>
other part is a NaN.
</small>
-<a name="G.6.1" href="#G.6.1"><h4>G.6.1 Trigonometric functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.6.1" href="#G.6.1">G.6.1 Trigonometric functions</a></h4>
-<a name="G.6.1.1" href="#G.6.1.1"><h5>G.6.1.1 The cacos functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.1.1" href="#G.6.1.1">G.6.1.1 The cacos functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> cacos(conj(z)) = conj(cacos(z)).
<li> cacos(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.2" href="#G.6.2"><h4>G.6.2 Hyperbolic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.6.2" href="#G.6.2">G.6.2 Hyperbolic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="G.6.2.1" href="#G.6.2.1"><h5>G.6.2.1 The cacosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.2.1" href="#G.6.2.1">G.6.2.1 The cacosh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> cacosh(conj(z)) = conj(cacosh(z)).
<li> cacosh(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.2.2" href="#G.6.2.2"><h5>G.6.2.2 The casinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.2.2" href="#G.6.2.2">G.6.2.2 The casinh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> casinh(conj(z)) = conj(casinh(z)) and casinh is odd.
<li> casinh(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.2.3" href="#G.6.2.3"><h5>G.6.2.3 The catanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.2.3" href="#G.6.2.3">G.6.2.3 The catanh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> catanh(conj(z)) = conj(catanh(z)) and catanh is odd.
<li> catanh(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.2.4" href="#G.6.2.4"><h5>G.6.2.4 The ccosh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.2.4" href="#G.6.2.4">G.6.2.4 The ccosh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> ccosh(conj(z)) = conj(ccosh(z)) and ccosh is even.
<li> ccosh(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.2.5" href="#G.6.2.5"><h5>G.6.2.5 The csinh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.2.5" href="#G.6.2.5">G.6.2.5 The csinh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> csinh(conj(z)) = conj(csinh(z)) and csinh is odd.
<li> csinh(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.2.6" href="#G.6.2.6"><h5>G.6.2.6 The ctanh functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.2.6" href="#G.6.2.6">G.6.2.6 The ctanh functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> ctanh(conj(z)) = conj(ctanh(z))and ctanh is odd.
<!--page 557 -->
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.3" href="#G.6.3"><h4>G.6.3 Exponential and logarithmic functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.6.3" href="#G.6.3">G.6.3 Exponential and logarithmic functions</a></h4>
-<a name="G.6.3.1" href="#G.6.3.1"><h5>G.6.3.1 The cexp functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.3.1" href="#G.6.3.1">G.6.3.1 The cexp functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> cexp(conj(z)) = conj(cexp(z)).
<li> cexp(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.3.2" href="#G.6.3.2"><h5>G.6.3.2 The clog functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.3.2" href="#G.6.3.2">G.6.3.2 The clog functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> clog(conj(z)) = conj(clog(z)).
<li> clog(NaN + iNaN) returns NaN + iNaN.
</ul>
-<a name="G.6.4" href="#G.6.4"><h4>G.6.4 Power and absolute-value functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="G.6.4" href="#G.6.4">G.6.4 Power and absolute-value functions</a></h4>
-<a name="G.6.4.1" href="#G.6.4.1"><h5>G.6.4.1 The cpow functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.4.1" href="#G.6.4.1">G.6.4.1 The cpow functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The cpow functions raise floating-point exceptions if appropriate for the calculation of
the parts of the result, and may also raise spurious floating-point exceptions.<sup><a href="#note366"><b>366)</b></a></sup>
implementations that treat special cases more carefully.
</small>
-<a name="G.6.4.2" href="#G.6.4.2"><h5>G.6.4.2 The csqrt functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="G.6.4.2" href="#G.6.4.2">G.6.4.2 The csqrt functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> csqrt(conj(z)) = conj(csqrt(z)).
<!--page 559 -->
</ul>
-<a name="G.7" href="#G.7"><h3>G.7 Type-generic math <tgmath.h></h3></a>
+<h3><a name="G.7" href="#G.7">G.7 Type-generic math <tgmath.h></a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Type-generic macros that accept complex arguments also accept imaginary arguments. If
an argument is imaginary, the macro expands to an expression whose type is real,
asinh(iy) = i asin(y)
atanh(iy) = i atan(y)</pre>
-<a name="H" href="#H"><h2>Annex H</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="H" href="#H">Annex H</a></h2>
<pre>
(informative)
Language independent arithmetic</pre>
-<a name="H.1" href="#H.1"><h3>H.1 Introduction</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="H.1" href="#H.1">H.1 Introduction</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This annex documents the extent to which the C language supports the ISO/IEC 10967-1
standard for language-independent arithmetic (LIA-1). LIA-1 is more general than
IEC 60559 (<a href="#F">annex F</a>) in that it covers integer and diverse floating-point arithmetics.
-<a name="H.2" href="#H.2"><h3>H.2 Types</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="H.2" href="#H.2">H.2 Types</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The relevant C arithmetic types meet the requirements of LIA-1 types if an
implementation adds notification of exceptional arithmetic operations and meets the 1
unit in the last place (ULP) accuracy requirement (LIA-1 subclause <a href="#5.2.8">5.2.8</a>).
-<a name="H.2.1" href="#H.2.1"><h4>H.2.1 Boolean type</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="H.2.1" href="#H.2.1">H.2.1 Boolean type</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The LIA-1 data type Boolean is implemented by the C data type bool with values of
true and false, all from <a href="#7.18"><stdbool.h></a>.
-<a name="H.2.2" href="#H.2.2"><h4>H.2.2 Integer types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="H.2.2" href="#H.2.2">H.2.2 Integer types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The signed C integer types int, long int, long long int, and the corresponding
unsigned types are compatible with LIA-1. If an implementation adds support for the
is always 0 for the unsigned types, and is not provided for those types.
<!--page 561 -->
-<a name="H.2.2.1" href="#H.2.2.1"><h5>H.2.2.1 Integer operations</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="H.2.2.1" href="#H.2.2.1">H.2.2.1 Integer operations</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The integer operations on integer types are the following:
addI x + y
geqI x >= y
where x and y are expressions of the same integer type.
-<a name="H.2.3" href="#H.2.3"><h4>H.2.3 Floating-point types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="H.2.3" href="#H.2.3">H.2.3 Floating-point types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The C floating-point types float, double, and long double are compatible with
LIA-1. If an implementation adds support for the LIA-1 exceptional values
operations (see <a href="#F">annex F</a>) along with IEC 60559 status flags and traps has LIA-1
conformant types.
-<a name="H.2.3.1" href="#H.2.3.1"><h5>H.2.3.1 Floating-point parameters</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="H.2.3.1" href="#H.2.3.1">H.2.3.1 Floating-point parameters</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The parameters for a floating point data type can be accessed by the following:
r FLT_RADIX
epsilon FLT_EPSILON, DBL_EPSILON, LDBL_EPSILON
rnd_style FLT_ROUNDS
-<a name="H.2.3.2" href="#H.2.3.2"><h5>H.2.3.2 Floating-point operations</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="H.2.3.2" href="#H.2.3.2">H.2.3.2 Floating-point operations</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The floating-point operations on floating-point types are the following:
addF x + y
where x and y are expressions of the same floating point type, n is of type int, and li
is of type long int.
-<a name="H.2.3.3" href="#H.2.3.3"><h5>H.2.3.3 Rounding styles</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="H.2.3.3" href="#H.2.3.3">H.2.3.3 Rounding styles</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The C Standard requires all floating types to use the same radix and rounding style, so
that only one identifier for each is provided to map to LIA-1.
provided that an implementation extends FLT_ROUNDS to cover the rounding style used
in all relevant LIA-1 operations, not just addition as in C.
-<a name="H.2.4" href="#H.2.4"><h4>H.2.4 Type conversions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="H.2.4" href="#H.2.4">H.2.4 Type conversions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The LIA-1 type conversions are the following type casts:
cvtI' -> I (int)i, (long int)i, (long long int)i,
implementation uses round-to-nearest.
<!--page 564 -->
-<a name="H.3" href="#H.3"><h3>H.3 Notification</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="H.3" href="#H.3">H.3 Notification</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Notification is the process by which a user or program is informed that an exceptional
arithmetic operation has occurred. C's operations are compatible with LIA-1 in that C
allows an implementation to cause a notification to occur when any arithmetic operation
returns an exceptional value as defined in LIA-1 clause 5.
-<a name="H.3.1" href="#H.3.1"><h4>H.3.1 Notification alternatives</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="H.3.1" href="#H.3.1">H.3.1 Notification alternatives</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
LIA-1 requires at least the following two alternatives for handling of notifications:
setting indicators or trap-and-terminate. LIA-1 allows a third alternative: trap-and-
math library function calls. User-provided signal handlers for SIGFPE allow for trap-
and-resume behavior with the same constraint.
-<a name="H.3.1.1" href="#H.3.1.1"><h5>H.3.1.1 Indicators</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="H.3.1.1" href="#H.3.1.1">H.3.1.1 Indicators</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
C's <a href="#7.6"><fenv.h></a> status flags are compatible with the LIA-1 indicators.
<p><!--para 2 -->
This documentation makes that distinction because <a href="#7.6"><fenv.h></a> covers only the floating-
point indicators.
-<a name="H.3.1.2" href="#H.3.1.2"><h5>H.3.1.2 Traps</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="H.3.1.2" href="#H.3.1.2">H.3.1.2 Traps</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
C is compatible with LIA-1's trap requirements for arithmetic operations, but not for
math library functions (which are not permitted to invoke a user's signal handler for
it) or trap-and-resume, at the programmer's option.
<!--page 566 -->
-<a name="I" href="#I"><h2>Annex I</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="I" href="#I">Annex I</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(informative)
<!--page 568 -->
</ul>
-<a name="J" href="#J"><h2>Annex J</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="J" href="#J">Annex J</a></h2>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
(informative)
This annex collects some information about portability that appears in this International
Standard.
-<a name="J.1" href="#J.1"><h3>J.1 Unspecified behavior</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="J.1" href="#J.1">J.1 Unspecified behavior</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following are unspecified:
<ul>
<a href="#G.6.2.4">G.6.2.4</a>, <a href="#G.6.2.5">G.6.2.5</a>, <a href="#G.6.2.6">G.6.2.6</a>, <a href="#G.6.3.1">G.6.3.1</a>, <a href="#G.6.4.2">G.6.4.2</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.2" href="#J.2"><h3>J.2 Undefined behavior</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="J.2" href="#J.2">J.2 Undefined behavior</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The behavior is undefined in the following circumstances:
<ul>
(<a href="#7.29.3.2.1">7.29.3.2.1</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3" href="#J.3"><h3>J.3 Implementation-defined behavior</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="J.3" href="#J.3">J.3 Implementation-defined behavior</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A conforming implementation is required to document its choice of behavior in each of
the areas listed in this subclause. The following are implementation-defined:
<!--page 585 -->
-<a name="J.3.1" href="#J.3.1"><h4>J.3.1 Translation</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.1" href="#J.3.1">J.3.1 Translation</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> How a diagnostic is identified (<a href="#3.10">3.10</a>, <a href="#5.1.1.3">5.1.1.3</a>).
retained or replaced by one space character in translation phase 3 (<a href="#5.1.1.2">5.1.1.2</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.2" href="#J.3.2"><h4>J.3.2 Environment</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.2" href="#J.3.2">J.3.2 Environment</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The mapping between physical source file multibyte characters and the source
<li> The manner of execution of the string by the system function (<a href="#7.22.4.8">7.22.4.8</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.3" href="#J.3.3"><h4>J.3.3 Identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.3" href="#J.3.3">J.3.3 Identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> Which additional multibyte characters may appear in identifiers and their
<!--page 586 -->
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.4" href="#J.3.4"><h4>J.3.4 Characters</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.4" href="#J.3.4">J.3.4 Characters</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The number of bits in a byte (<a href="#3.6">3.6</a>).
<!--page 587 -->
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.5" href="#J.3.5"><h4>J.3.5 Integers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.5" href="#J.3.5">J.3.5 Integers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> Any extended integer types that exist in the implementation (<a href="#6.2.5">6.2.5</a>).
<li> The results of some bitwise operations on signed integers (<a href="#6.5">6.5</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.6" href="#J.3.6"><h4>J.3.6 Floating point</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.6" href="#J.3.6">J.3.6 Floating point</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The accuracy of the floating-point operations and of the library functions in
<!--page 588 -->
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.7" href="#J.3.7"><h4>J.3.7 Arrays and pointers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.7" href="#J.3.7">J.3.7 Arrays and pointers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The result of converting a pointer to an integer or vice versa (<a href="#6.3.2.3">6.3.2.3</a>).
(<a href="#6.5.6">6.5.6</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.8" href="#J.3.8"><h4>J.3.8 Hints</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.8" href="#J.3.8">J.3.8 Hints</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The extent to which suggestions made by using the register storage-class
effective (<a href="#6.7.4">6.7.4</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.9" href="#J.3.9"><h4>J.3.9 Structures, unions, enumerations, and bit-fields</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.9" href="#J.3.9">J.3.9 Structures, unions, enumerations, and bit-fields</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> Whether a ''plain'' int bit-field is treated as a signed int bit-field or as an
<li> The integer type compatible with each enumerated type (<a href="#6.7.2.2">6.7.2.2</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.10" href="#J.3.10"><h4>J.3.10 Qualifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.10" href="#J.3.10">J.3.10 Qualifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> What constitutes an access to an object that has volatile-qualified type (<a href="#6.7.3">6.7.3</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.11" href="#J.3.11"><h4>J.3.11 Preprocessing directives</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.11" href="#J.3.11">J.3.11 Preprocessing directives</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The locations within #pragma directives where header name preprocessing tokens
time of translation are not available (<a href="#6.10.8.1">6.10.8.1</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.12" href="#J.3.12"><h4>J.3.12 Library functions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.12" href="#J.3.12">J.3.12 Library functions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> Any library facilities available to a freestanding program, other than the minimal set
<!--page 592 -->
</ul>
-<a name="J.3.13" href="#J.3.13"><h4>J.3.13 Architecture</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.3.13" href="#J.3.13">J.3.13 Architecture</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<ul>
<li> The values or expressions assigned to the macros specified in the headers
<li> The value of the result of the sizeof and alignof operators (<a href="#6.5.3.4">6.5.3.4</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.4" href="#J.4"><h3>J.4 Locale-specific behavior</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="J.4" href="#J.4">J.4 Locale-specific behavior</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following characteristics of a hosted environment are locale-specific and are required
to be documented by the implementation:
<li> Character classifications that are supported by the iswctype function (<a href="#7.29.1">7.29.1</a>).
</ul>
-<a name="J.5" href="#J.5"><h3>J.5 Common extensions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="J.5" href="#J.5">J.5 Common extensions</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The following extensions are widely used in many systems, but are not portable to all
implementations. The inclusion of any extension that may cause a strictly conforming
extensions are new keywords, extra library functions declared in standard headers, or
predefined macros with names that do not begin with an underscore.
-<a name="J.5.1" href="#J.5.1"><h4>J.5.1 Environment arguments</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.1" href="#J.5.1">J.5.1 Environment arguments</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
In a hosted environment, the main function receives a third argument, char *envp[],
that points to a null-terminated array of pointers to char, each of which points to a string
that provides information about the environment for this execution of the program
(<a href="#5.1.2.2.1">5.1.2.2.1</a>).
-<a name="J.5.2" href="#J.5.2"><h4>J.5.2 Specialized identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.2" href="#J.5.2">J.5.2 Specialized identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Characters other than the underscore _, letters, and digits, that are not part of the basic
source character set (such as the dollar sign $, or characters in national character sets)
may appear in an identifier (<a href="#6.4.2">6.4.2</a>).
-<a name="J.5.3" href="#J.5.3"><h4>J.5.3 Lengths and cases of identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.3" href="#J.5.3">J.5.3 Lengths and cases of identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
All characters in identifiers (with or without external linkage) are significant (<a href="#6.4.2">6.4.2</a>).
-<a name="J.5.4" href="#J.5.4"><h4>J.5.4 Scopes of identifiers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.4" href="#J.5.4">J.5.4 Scopes of identifiers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A function identifier, or the identifier of an object the declaration of which contains the
keyword extern, has file scope (<a href="#6.2.1">6.2.1</a>).
-<a name="J.5.5" href="#J.5.5"><h4>J.5.5 Writable string literals</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.5" href="#J.5.5">J.5.5 Writable string literals</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
String literals are modifiable (in which case, identical string literals should denote distinct
objects) (<a href="#6.4.5">6.4.5</a>).
<!--page 594 -->
-<a name="J.5.6" href="#J.5.6"><h4>J.5.6 Other arithmetic types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.6" href="#J.5.6">J.5.6 Other arithmetic types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Additional arithmetic types, such as __int128 or double double, and their
appropriate conversions are defined (<a href="#6.2.5">6.2.5</a>, <a href="#6.3.1">6.3.1</a>). Additional floating types may have
more range or precision than long double, may be used for evaluating expressions of
other floating types, and may be used to define float_t or double_t.
-<a name="J.5.7" href="#J.5.7"><h4>J.5.7 Function pointer casts</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.7" href="#J.5.7">J.5.7 Function pointer casts</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A pointer to an object or to void may be cast to a pointer to a function, allowing data to
be invoked as a function (<a href="#6.5.4">6.5.4</a>).
A pointer to a function may be cast to a pointer to an object or to void, allowing a
function to be inspected or modified (for example, by a debugger) (<a href="#6.5.4">6.5.4</a>).
-<a name="J.5.8" href="#J.5.8"><h4>J.5.8 Extended bit-field types</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.8" href="#J.5.8">J.5.8 Extended bit-field types</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A bit-field may be declared with a type other than _Bool, unsigned int, or
signed int, with an appropriate maximum width (<a href="#6.7.2.1">6.7.2.1</a>).
-<a name="J.5.9" href="#J.5.9"><h4>J.5.9 The fortran keyword</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.9" href="#J.5.9">J.5.9 The fortran keyword</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The fortran function specifier may be used in a function declaration to indicate that
calls suitable for FORTRAN should be generated, or that a different representation for the
external name is to be generated (<a href="#6.7.4">6.7.4</a>).
-<a name="J.5.10" href="#J.5.10"><h4>J.5.10 The asm keyword</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.10" href="#J.5.10">J.5.10 The asm keyword</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The asm keyword may be used to insert assembly language directly into the translator
output (<a href="#6.8">6.8</a>). The most common implementation is via a statement of the form:
<pre>
asm ( character-string-literal );</pre>
-<a name="J.5.11" href="#J.5.11"><h4>J.5.11 Multiple external definitions</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.11" href="#J.5.11">J.5.11 Multiple external definitions</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
There may be more than one external definition for the identifier of an object, with or
without the explicit use of the keyword extern; if the definitions disagree, or more than
one is initialized, the behavior is undefined (<a href="#6.9.2">6.9.2</a>).
-<a name="J.5.12" href="#J.5.12"><h4>J.5.12 Predefined macro names</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.12" href="#J.5.12">J.5.12 Predefined macro names</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Macro names that do not begin with an underscore, describing the translation and
execution environments, are defined by the implementation before translation begins
(<a href="#6.10.8">6.10.8</a>).
<!--page 595 -->
-<a name="J.5.13" href="#J.5.13"><h4>J.5.13 Floating-point status flags</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.13" href="#J.5.13">J.5.13 Floating-point status flags</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If any floating-point status flags are set on normal termination after all calls to functions
registered by the atexit function have been made (see <a href="#7.22.4.4">7.22.4.4</a>), the implementation
writes some diagnostics indicating the fact to the stderr stream, if it is still open,
-<a name="J.5.14" href="#J.5.14"><h4>J.5.14 Extra arguments for signal handlers</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.14" href="#J.5.14">J.5.14 Extra arguments for signal handlers</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Handlers for specific signals are called with extra arguments in addition to the signal
number (<a href="#7.14.1.1">7.14.1.1</a>).
-<a name="J.5.15" href="#J.5.15"><h4>J.5.15 Additional stream types and file-opening modes</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.15" href="#J.5.15">J.5.15 Additional stream types and file-opening modes</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Additional mappings from files to streams are supported (<a href="#7.21.2">7.21.2</a>).
<p><!--para 2 -->
Additional file-opening modes may be specified by characters appended to the mode
argument of the fopen function (<a href="#7.21.5.3">7.21.5.3</a>).
-<a name="J.5.16" href="#J.5.16"><h4>J.5.16 Defined file position indicator</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.16" href="#J.5.16">J.5.16 Defined file position indicator</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The file position indicator is decremented by each successful call to the ungetc or
ungetwc function for a text stream, except if its value was zero before a call (<a href="#7.21.7.10">7.21.7.10</a>,
<a href="#7.28.3.10">7.28.3.10</a>).
-<a name="J.5.17" href="#J.5.17"><h4>J.5.17 Math error reporting</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="J.5.17" href="#J.5.17">J.5.17 Math error reporting</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Functions declared in <a href="#7.3"><complex.h></a> and <a href="#7.12"><math.h></a> raise SIGFPE to report errors
instead of, or in addition to, setting errno or raising floating-point exceptions (<a href="#7.3">7.3</a>,
<a href="#7.12">7.12</a>).
<!--page 596 -->
-<a name="K" href="#K"><h2>Annex K</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="K" href="#K">Annex K</a></h2>
<pre>
(normative)
Bounds-checking interfaces</pre>
-<a name="K.1" href="#K.1"><h3>K.1 Background</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="K.1" href="#K.1">K.1 Background</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Traditionally, the C Library has contained many functions that trust the programmer to
provide output character arrays big enough to hold the result being produced. Not only
change if the function is called again, perhaps by another thread.
<!--page 597 -->
-<a name="K.2" href="#K.2"><h3>K.2 Scope</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="K.2" href="#K.2">K.2 Scope</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This annex specifies a series of optional extensions that can be useful in the mitigation of
security vulnerabilities in programs, and comprise new functions, macros, and types
specifications.
</small>
-<a name="K.3" href="#K.3"><h3>K.3 Library</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="K.3" href="#K.3">K.3 Library</a></h3>
-<a name="K.3.1" href="#K.3.1"><h4>K.3.1 Introduction</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.1" href="#K.3.1">K.3.1 Introduction</a></h4>
-<a name="K.3.1.1" href="#K.3.1.1"><h5>K.3.1.1 Standard headers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.1.1" href="#K.3.1.1">K.3.1.1 Standard headers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The functions, macros, and types declared or defined in <a href="#K.3">K.3</a> and its subclauses are not
declared or defined by their respective headers if __STDC_WANT_LIB_EXT1__ is
implementation is not conforming.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.1.2" href="#K.3.1.2"><h5>K.3.1.2 Reserved identifiers</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.1.2" href="#K.3.1.2">K.3.1.2 Reserved identifiers</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Each macro name in any of the following subclauses is reserved for use as specified if it
is defined by any of its associated headers when included; unless explicitly stated
as a macro name and as an identifier with file scope in the same name space if it is
defined by any of its associated headers when included.
-<a name="K.3.1.3" href="#K.3.1.3"><h5>K.3.1.3 Use of errno</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.1.3" href="#K.3.1.3">K.3.1.3 Use of errno</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
An implementation may set errno for the functions defined in this annex, but is not
required to.
-<a name="K.3.1.4" href="#K.3.1.4"><h5>K.3.1.4 Runtime-constraint violations</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.1.4" href="#K.3.1.4">K.3.1.4 Runtime-constraint violations</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Most functions in this annex include as part of their specification a list of runtime-
constraints. These runtime-constraints are requirements on the program using the
from the definition of undefined behavior.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.2" href="#K.3.2"><h4>K.3.2 Errors <errno.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.2" href="#K.3.2">K.3.2 Errors <errno.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.5"><errno.h></a> defines a type.
<p><!--para 2 -->
errno might be declared as having the return type errno_t.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.3" href="#K.3.3"><h4>K.3.3 Common definitions <stddef.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.3" href="#K.3.3">K.3.3 Common definitions <stddef.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.19"><stddef.h></a> defines a type.
<p><!--para 2 -->
<p><small><a name="note372" href="#note372">372)</a> See the description of the RSIZE_MAX macro in <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a>.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.4" href="#K.3.4"><h4>K.3.4 Integer types <stdint.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.4" href="#K.3.4">K.3.4 Integer types <stdint.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.20"><stdint.h></a> defines a macro.
<p><!--para 2 -->
which expands to a value<sup><a href="#note373"><b>373)</b></a></sup> of type size_t. Functions that have parameters of type
rsize_t consider it a runtime-constraint violation if the values of those parameters are
greater than RSIZE_MAX.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 3 -->
Extremely large object sizes are frequently a sign that an object's size was calculated
incorrectly. For example, negative numbers appear as very large positive numbers when
<p><small><a name="note373" href="#note373">373)</a> The macro RSIZE_MAX need not expand to a constant expression.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5" href="#K.3.5"><h4>K.3.5 Input/output <stdio.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.5" href="#K.3.5">K.3.5 Input/output <stdio.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.21"><stdio.h></a> defines several macros and two types.
<p><!--para 2 -->
rsize_t</pre>
which is the type size_t.
-<a name="K.3.5.1" href="#K.3.5.1"><h5>K.3.5.1 Operations on files</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.1" href="#K.3.5.1">K.3.5.1 Operations on files</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.5.1.1" href="#K.3.5.1.1"><h5>K.3.5.1.1 The tmpfile_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.1.1" href="#K.3.5.1.1">K.3.5.1.1 The tmpfile_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If the file was created successfully, then the pointer to FILE pointed to by streamptr
will be set to the pointer to the object controlling the opened file. Otherwise, the pointer
to FILE pointed to by streamptr will be set to a null pointer.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
It should be possible to open at least TMP_MAX_S temporary files during the lifetime of
the program (this limit may be shared with tmpnam_s) and there should be no limit on
the number simultaneously open other than this limit and any limit on the number of open
The tmpfile_s function returns zero if it created the file. If it did not create the file or
there was a runtime-constraint violation, tmpfile_s returns a nonzero value.
-<a name="K.3.5.1.2" href="#K.3.5.1.2"><h5>K.3.5.1.2 The tmpnam_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.1.2" href="#K.3.5.1.2">K.3.5.1.2 The tmpnam_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><!--para 6 -->
The implementation shall behave as if no library function except tmpnam calls the
tmpnam_s function.<sup><a href="#note375"><b>375)</b></a></sup>
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 7 -->
After a program obtains a file name using the tmpnam_s function and before the
program creates a file with that name, the possibility exists that someone else may create
<p><!--para 9 -->
Otherwise, the tmpnam_s function writes the string in the array pointed to by s and
returns zero.
- Environmental limits
+<h6>Environmental limits</h6>
<p><!--para 10 -->
The value of the macro TMP_MAX_S shall be at least 25.
convention for temporary files), but this is not required.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.2" href="#K.3.5.2"><h5>K.3.5.2 File access functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.2" href="#K.3.5.2">K.3.5.2 File access functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.5.2.1" href="#K.3.5.2.1"><h5>K.3.5.2.1 The fopen_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.2.1" href="#K.3.5.2.1">K.3.5.2.1 The fopen_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note376" href="#note376">376)</a> These are the same permissions that the file would have been created with by fopen.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.2.2" href="#K.3.5.2.2"><h5>K.3.5.2.2 The freopen_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.2.2" href="#K.3.5.2.2">K.3.5.2.2 The freopen_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
there was a runtime-constraint violation, freopen_s returns a nonzero value.
<!--page 605 -->
-<a name="K.3.5.3" href="#K.3.5.3"><h5>K.3.5.3 Formatted input/output functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3" href="#K.3.5.3">K.3.5.3 Formatted input/output functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Unless explicitly stated otherwise, if the execution of a function described in this
subclause causes copying to take place between objects that overlap, the objects take on
unspecified values.
-<a name="K.3.5.3.1" href="#K.3.5.3.1"><h5>K.3.5.3.1 The fprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.1" href="#K.3.5.3.1">K.3.5.3.1 The fprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
constraint violation.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.2" href="#K.3.5.3.2"><h5>K.3.5.3.2 The fscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.2" href="#K.3.5.3.2">K.3.5.3.2 The fscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
compatible with rsize_t.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.3" href="#K.3.5.3.3"><h5>K.3.5.3.3 The printf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.3" href="#K.3.5.3.3">K.3.5.3.3 The printf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.4" href="#K.3.5.3.4"><h5>K.3.5.3.4 The scanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.4" href="#K.3.5.3.4">K.3.5.3.4 The scanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
scanf_s function returns the number of input items assigned, which can be fewer than
provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
-<a name="K.3.5.3.5" href="#K.3.5.3.5"><h5>K.3.5.3.5 The snprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.5" href="#K.3.5.3.5">K.3.5.3.5 The snprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.6" href="#K.3.5.3.6"><h5>K.3.5.3.6 The sprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.6" href="#K.3.5.3.6">K.3.5.3.6 The sprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.7" href="#K.3.5.3.7"><h5>K.3.5.3.7 The sscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.7" href="#K.3.5.3.7">K.3.5.3.7 The sscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
<!--page 611 -->
-<a name="K.3.5.3.8" href="#K.3.5.3.8"><h5>K.3.5.3.8 The vfprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.8" href="#K.3.5.3.8">K.3.5.3.8 The vfprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.9" href="#K.3.5.3.9"><h5>K.3.5.3.9 The vfscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.9" href="#K.3.5.3.9">K.3.5.3.9 The vfscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.10" href="#K.3.5.3.10"><h5>K.3.5.3.10 The vprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.10" href="#K.3.5.3.10">K.3.5.3.10 The vprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.11" href="#K.3.5.3.11"><h5>K.3.5.3.11 The vscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.11" href="#K.3.5.3.11">K.3.5.3.11 The vscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.12" href="#K.3.5.3.12"><h5>K.3.5.3.12 The vsnprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.12" href="#K.3.5.3.12">K.3.5.3.12 The vsnprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.13" href="#K.3.5.3.13"><h5>K.3.5.3.13 The vsprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.13" href="#K.3.5.3.13">K.3.5.3.13 The vsprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
format string was %%n.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.3.14" href="#K.3.5.3.14"><h5>K.3.5.3.14 The vsscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.3.14" href="#K.3.5.3.14">K.3.5.3.14 The vsscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.5.4" href="#K.3.5.4"><h5>K.3.5.4 Character input/output functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.4" href="#K.3.5.4">K.3.5.4 Character input/output functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.5.4.1" href="#K.3.5.4.1"><h5>K.3.5.4.1 The gets_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.5.4.1" href="#K.3.5.4.1">K.3.5.4.1 The gets_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
If end-of-file is encountered and no characters have been read into the array, or if a read
error occurs during the operation, then s[0] is set to the null character, and the other
elements of s take unspecified values.
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
<p><!--para 6 -->
The fgets function allows properly-written programs to safely process input lines too
long to store in the result array. In general this requires that callers of fgets pay
expect such a relationship.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6" href="#K.3.6"><h4>K.3.6 General utilities <stdlib.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.6" href="#K.3.6">K.3.6 General utilities <stdlib.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.22"><stdlib.h></a> defines three types.
<p><!--para 2 -->
void * restrict ptr,
errno_t error);</pre>
-<a name="K.3.6.1" href="#K.3.6.1"><h5>K.3.6.1 Runtime-constraint handling</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.1" href="#K.3.6.1">K.3.6.1 Runtime-constraint handling</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.6.1.1" href="#K.3.6.1.1"><h5>K.3.6.1.1 The set_constraint_handler_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.1.1" href="#K.3.6.1.1">K.3.6.1.1 The set_constraint_handler_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
pointer argument, a pointer to the implementation default handler is returned (not NULL).
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.1.2" href="#K.3.6.1.2"><h5>K.3.6.1.2 The abort_handler_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.1.2" href="#K.3.6.1.2">K.3.6.1.2 The abort_handler_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<p><small><a name="note393" href="#note393">393)</a> Many implementations invoke a debugger when the abort function is called.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.1.3" href="#K.3.6.1.3"><h5>K.3.6.1.3 The ignore_handler_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.1.3" href="#K.3.6.1.3">K.3.6.1.3 The ignore_handler_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
library function returns a nonzero errno_t).
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.2" href="#K.3.6.2"><h5>K.3.6.2 Communication with the environment</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.2" href="#K.3.6.2">K.3.6.2 Communication with the environment</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.6.2.1" href="#K.3.6.2.1"><h5>K.3.6.2.1 The getenv_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.2.1" href="#K.3.6.2.1">K.3.6.2.1 The getenv_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The getenv_s function returns zero if the specified name is found and the associated
string was successfully stored in value. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
-<a name="K.3.6.3" href="#K.3.6.3"><h5>K.3.6.3 Searching and sorting utilities</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.3" href="#K.3.6.3">K.3.6.3 Searching and sorting utilities</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
These utilities make use of a comparison function to search or sort arrays of unspecified
type. Where an argument declared as size_t nmemb specifies the length of the array
(char *)p < (char *)base + nmemb * size</pre>
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.3.1" href="#K.3.6.3.1"><h5>K.3.6.3.1 The bsearch_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.3.1" href="#K.3.6.3.1">K.3.6.3.1 The bsearch_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, it might specify a collating sequence used by the comparison function.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.3.2" href="#K.3.6.3.2"><h5>K.3.6.3.2 The qsort_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.3.2" href="#K.3.6.3.2">K.3.6.3.2 The qsort_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, it might specify a collating sequence used by the comparison function.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.4" href="#K.3.6.4"><h5>K.3.6.4 Multibyte/wide character conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.4" href="#K.3.6.4">K.3.6.4 Multibyte/wide character conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The behavior of the multibyte character functions is affected by the LC_CTYPE category
of the current locale. For a state-dependent encoding, each function is placed into its
character codes, but are grouped with an adjacent multibyte character.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.4.1" href="#K.3.6.4.1"><h5>K.3.6.4.1 The wctomb_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.4.1" href="#K.3.6.4.1">K.3.6.4.1 The wctomb_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The wctomb_s function returns zero if successful, and a nonzero value if there was a
runtime-constraint violation or wc did not correspond to a valid multibyte character.
-<a name="K.3.6.5" href="#K.3.6.5"><h5>K.3.6.5 Multibyte/wide string conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.5" href="#K.3.6.5">K.3.6.5 Multibyte/wide string conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The behavior of the multibyte string functions is affected by the LC_CTYPE category of
the current locale.
-<a name="K.3.6.5.1" href="#K.3.6.5.1"><h5>K.3.6.5.1 The mbstowcs_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.5.1" href="#K.3.6.5.1">K.3.6.5.1 The mbstowcs_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
terminating null character did not occur where required.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.6.5.2" href="#K.3.6.5.2"><h5>K.3.6.5.2 The wcstombs_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.6.5.2" href="#K.3.6.5.2">K.3.6.5.2 The wcstombs_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
runtime-constraint violation.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.7" href="#K.3.7"><h4>K.3.7 String handling <string.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.7" href="#K.3.7">K.3.7 String handling <string.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.23"><string.h></a> defines two types.
<p><!--para 2 -->
rsize_t</pre>
which is the type size_t.
-<a name="K.3.7.1" href="#K.3.7.1"><h5>K.3.7.1 Copying functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.1" href="#K.3.7.1">K.3.7.1 Copying functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.7.1.1" href="#K.3.7.1.1"><h5>K.3.7.1.1 The memcpy_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.1.1" href="#K.3.7.1.1">K.3.7.1.1 The memcpy_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
<!--page 629 -->
-<a name="K.3.7.1.2" href="#K.3.7.1.2"><h5>K.3.7.1.2 The memmove_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.1.2" href="#K.3.7.1.2">K.3.7.1.2 The memmove_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The memmove_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
-<a name="K.3.7.1.3" href="#K.3.7.1.3"><h5>K.3.7.1.3 The strcpy_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.1.3" href="#K.3.7.1.3">K.3.7.1.3 The strcpy_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
within the array pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.7.1.4" href="#K.3.7.1.4"><h5>K.3.7.1.4 The strncpy_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.1.4" href="#K.3.7.1.4">K.3.7.1.4 The strncpy_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
within the array pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.7.2" href="#K.3.7.2"><h5>K.3.7.2 Concatenation functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.2" href="#K.3.7.2">K.3.7.2 Concatenation functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.7.2.1" href="#K.3.7.2.1"><h5>K.3.7.2.1 The strcat_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.2.1" href="#K.3.7.2.1">K.3.7.2.1 The strcat_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
appended to the string pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.7.2.2" href="#K.3.7.2.2"><h5>K.3.7.2.2 The strncat_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.2.2" href="#K.3.7.2.2">K.3.7.2.2 The strncat_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
appended to the string pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.7.3" href="#K.3.7.3"><h5>K.3.7.3 Search functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.3" href="#K.3.7.3">K.3.7.3 Search functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.7.3.1" href="#K.3.7.3.1"><h5>K.3.7.3.1 The strtok_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.3.1" href="#K.3.7.3.1">K.3.7.3.1 The strtok_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
t = strtok_s(NULL, &max1, "?", &ptr1); // t is a null pointer</pre>
-<a name="K.3.7.4" href="#K.3.7.4"><h5>K.3.7.4 Miscellaneous functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.4" href="#K.3.7.4">K.3.7.4 Miscellaneous functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.7.4.1" href="#K.3.7.4.1"><h5>K.3.7.4.1 The memset_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.4.1" href="#K.3.7.4.1">K.3.7.4.1 The memset_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The memset_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
-<a name="K.3.7.4.2" href="#K.3.7.4.2"><h5>K.3.7.4.2 The strerror_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.4.2" href="#K.3.7.4.2">K.3.7.4.2 The strerror_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
function returns a nonzero value.
<!--page 637 -->
-<a name="K.3.7.4.3" href="#K.3.7.4.3"><h5>K.3.7.4.3 The strerrorlen_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.4.3" href="#K.3.7.4.3">K.3.7.4.3 The strerrorlen_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The strerrorlen_s function returns the number of characters (not including the null
character) in the full message string.
-<a name="K.3.7.4.4" href="#K.3.7.4.4"><h5>K.3.7.4.4 The strnlen_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.7.4.4" href="#K.3.7.4.4">K.3.7.4.4 The strnlen_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
strnlen_s useful in algorithms that gracefully handle such exceptional data.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.8" href="#K.3.8"><h4>K.3.8 Date and time <time.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.8" href="#K.3.8">K.3.8 Date and time <time.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.26"><time.h></a> defines two types.
<p><!--para 2 -->
rsize_t</pre>
which is the type size_t.
-<a name="K.3.8.1" href="#K.3.8.1"><h5>K.3.8.1 Components of time</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.8.1" href="#K.3.8.1">K.3.8.1 Components of time</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
A broken-down time is normalized if the values of the members of the tm structure are in
their normal rages.<sup><a href="#note415"><b>415)</b></a></sup>
<p><small><a name="note415" href="#note415">415)</a> The normal ranges are defined in <a href="#7.26.1">7.26.1</a>.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.8.2" href="#K.3.8.2"><h5>K.3.8.2 Time conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.8.2" href="#K.3.8.2">K.3.8.2 Time conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Like the strftime function, the asctime_s and ctime_s functions do not return a
pointer to a static object, and other library functions are permitted to call them.
-<a name="K.3.8.2.1" href="#K.3.8.2.1"><h5>K.3.8.2.1 The asctime_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.8.2.1" href="#K.3.8.2.1">K.3.8.2.1 The asctime_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
<li> The character new line.
<li> The null character.
</ol>
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
The strftime function allows more flexible formatting and supports locale-specific
behavior. If you do not require the exact form of the result string produced by the
asctime_s function, consider using the strftime function instead.
into the array pointed to by s. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
<!--page 640 -->
-<a name="K.3.8.2.2" href="#K.3.8.2.2"><h5>K.3.8.2.2 The ctime_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.8.2.2" href="#K.3.8.2.2">K.3.8.2.2 The ctime_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
the form of a string. It is equivalent to
<pre>
asctime_s(s, maxsize, localtime_s(timer))</pre>
- Recommended practice
+<h6>Recommended practice</h6>
The strftime function allows more flexible formatting and supports locale-specific
behavior. If you do not require the exact form of the result string produced by the
ctime_s function, consider using the strftime function instead.
The ctime_s function returns zero if the time was successfully converted and stored
into the array pointed to by s. Otherwise, it returns a nonzero value.
-<a name="K.3.8.2.3" href="#K.3.8.2.3"><h5>K.3.8.2.3 The gmtime_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.8.2.3" href="#K.3.8.2.3">K.3.8.2.3 The gmtime_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The gmtime_s function returns result, or a null pointer if the specified time cannot
be converted to UTC or there is a runtime-constraint violation.
-<a name="K.3.8.2.4" href="#K.3.8.2.4"><h5>K.3.8.2.4 The localtime_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.8.2.4" href="#K.3.8.2.4">K.3.8.2.4 The localtime_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
The localtime_s function returns result, or a null pointer if the specified time
cannot be converted to local time or there is a runtime-constraint violation.
-<a name="K.3.9" href="#K.3.9"><h4>K.3.9 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h></h4></a>
+<h4><a name="K.3.9" href="#K.3.9">K.3.9 Extended multibyte and wide character utilities <wchar.h></a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
The header <a href="#7.28"><wchar.h></a> defines two types.
<p><!--para 2 -->
unspecified values.
<!--page 642 -->
-<a name="K.3.9.1" href="#K.3.9.1"><h5>K.3.9.1 Formatted wide character input/output functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1" href="#K.3.9.1">K.3.9.1 Formatted wide character input/output functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.1" href="#K.3.9.1.1"><h5>K.3.9.1.1 The fwprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.1" href="#K.3.9.1.1">K.3.9.1.1 The fwprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.2" href="#K.3.9.1.2"><h5>K.3.9.1.2 The fwscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.2" href="#K.3.9.1.2">K.3.9.1.2 The fwscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
compatible with rsize_t.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.3" href="#K.3.9.1.3"><h5>K.3.9.1.3 The snwprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.3" href="#K.3.9.1.3">K.3.9.1.3 The snwprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.4" href="#K.3.9.1.4"><h5>K.3.9.1.4 The swprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.4" href="#K.3.9.1.4">K.3.9.1.4 The swprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.5" href="#K.3.9.1.5"><h5>K.3.9.1.5 The swscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.5" href="#K.3.9.1.5">K.3.9.1.5 The swscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
than provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
<!--page 646 -->
-<a name="K.3.9.1.6" href="#K.3.9.1.6"><h5>K.3.9.1.6 The vfwprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.6" href="#K.3.9.1.6">K.3.9.1.6 The vfwprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.7" href="#K.3.9.1.7"><h5>K.3.9.1.7 The vfwscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.7" href="#K.3.9.1.7">K.3.9.1.7 The vfwscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.8" href="#K.3.9.1.8"><h5>K.3.9.1.8 The vsnwprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.8" href="#K.3.9.1.8">K.3.9.1.8 The vsnwprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.9" href="#K.3.9.1.9"><h5>K.3.9.1.9 The vswprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.9" href="#K.3.9.1.9">K.3.9.1.9 The vswprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.10" href="#K.3.9.1.10"><h5>K.3.9.1.10 The vswscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.10" href="#K.3.9.1.10">K.3.9.1.10 The vswscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.11" href="#K.3.9.1.11"><h5>K.3.9.1.11 The vwprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.11" href="#K.3.9.1.11">K.3.9.1.11 The vwprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.12" href="#K.3.9.1.12"><h5>K.3.9.1.12 The vwscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.12" href="#K.3.9.1.12">K.3.9.1.12 The vwscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
value of arg after the return is indeterminate.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.13" href="#K.3.9.1.13"><h5>K.3.9.1.13 The wprintf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.13" href="#K.3.9.1.13">K.3.9.1.13 The wprintf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
example, if the entire format string was L"%%n".
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.1.14" href="#K.3.9.1.14"><h5>K.3.9.1.14 The wscanf_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.1.14" href="#K.3.9.1.14">K.3.9.1.14 The wscanf_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
provided for, or even zero, in the event of an early matching failure.
<!--page 653 -->
-<a name="K.3.9.2" href="#K.3.9.2"><h5>K.3.9.2 General wide string utilities</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2" href="#K.3.9.2">K.3.9.2 General wide string utilities</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.1" href="#K.3.9.2.1"><h5>K.3.9.2.1 Wide string copying functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.1" href="#K.3.9.2.1">K.3.9.2.1 Wide string copying functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.1.1" href="#K.3.9.2.1.1"><h5>K.3.9.2.1.1 The wcscpy_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.1.1" href="#K.3.9.2.1.1">K.3.9.2.1.1 The wcscpy_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
fit within the array pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.1.2" href="#K.3.9.2.1.2"><h5>K.3.9.2.1.2 The wcsncpy_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.1.2" href="#K.3.9.2.1.2">K.3.9.2.1.2 The wcsncpy_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 7 -->
<pre>
fit within the array pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.1.3" href="#K.3.9.2.1.3"><h5>K.3.9.2.1.3 The wmemcpy_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.1.3" href="#K.3.9.2.1.3">K.3.9.2.1.3 The wmemcpy_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 14 -->
<pre>
Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
<!--page 656 -->
-<a name="K.3.9.2.1.4" href="#K.3.9.2.1.4"><h5>K.3.9.2.1.4 The wmemmove_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.1.4" href="#K.3.9.2.1.4">K.3.9.2.1.4 The wmemmove_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 19 -->
<pre>
The wmemmove_s function returns zero if there was no runtime-constraint violation.
Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
-<a name="K.3.9.2.2" href="#K.3.9.2.2"><h5>K.3.9.2.2 Wide string concatenation functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.2" href="#K.3.9.2.2">K.3.9.2.2 Wide string concatenation functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.2.1" href="#K.3.9.2.2.1"><h5>K.3.9.2.2.1 The wcscat_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.2.1" href="#K.3.9.2.2.1">K.3.9.2.2.1 The wcscat_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
s2 were appended to the wide string pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.2.2" href="#K.3.9.2.2.2"><h5>K.3.9.2.2.2 The wcsncat_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.2.2" href="#K.3.9.2.2.2">K.3.9.2.2.2 The wcsncat_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 8 -->
<pre>
s2 were appended to the wide string pointed to by s1 and that the result in s1 is null terminated.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.3" href="#K.3.9.2.3"><h5>K.3.9.2.3 Wide string search functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.3" href="#K.3.9.2.3">K.3.9.2.3 Wide string search functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.3.1" href="#K.3.9.2.3.1"><h5>K.3.9.2.3.1 The wcstok_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.3.1" href="#K.3.9.2.3.1">K.3.9.2.3.1 The wcstok_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
t = wcstok_s(NULL, &max1, "?", &ptr1); // t is a null pointer</pre>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.4" href="#K.3.9.2.4"><h5>K.3.9.2.4 Miscellaneous functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.4" href="#K.3.9.2.4">K.3.9.2.4 Miscellaneous functions</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.2.4.1" href="#K.3.9.2.4.1"><h5>K.3.9.2.4.1 The wcsnlen_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.2.4.1" href="#K.3.9.2.4.1">K.3.9.2.4.1 The wcsnlen_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 1 -->
<pre>
wcsnlen_s useful in algorithms that gracefully handle such exceptional data.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.3" href="#K.3.9.3"><h5>K.3.9.3 Extended multibyte/wide character conversion utilities</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.3" href="#K.3.9.3">K.3.9.3 Extended multibyte/wide character conversion utilities</a></h5>
-<a name="K.3.9.3.1" href="#K.3.9.3.1"><h5>K.3.9.3.1 Restartable multibyte/wide character conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.3.1" href="#K.3.9.3.1">K.3.9.3.1 Restartable multibyte/wide character conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Unlike wcrtomb, wcrtomb_s does not permit the ps parameter (the pointer to the
conversion state) to be a null pointer.
-<a name="K.3.9.3.1.1" href="#K.3.9.3.1.1"><h5>K.3.9.3.1.1 The wcrtomb_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.3.1.1" href="#K.3.9.3.1.1">K.3.9.3.1.1 The wcrtomb_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 2 -->
<pre>
The wcrtomb_s function returns zero if no runtime-constraint violation and no
encoding error occurred. Otherwise, a nonzero value is returned.
-<a name="K.3.9.3.2" href="#K.3.9.3.2"><h5>K.3.9.3.2 Restartable multibyte/wide string conversion functions</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.3.2" href="#K.3.9.3.2">K.3.9.3.2 Restartable multibyte/wide string conversion functions</a></h5>
<p><!--para 1 -->
Unlike mbsrtowcs and wcsrtombs, mbsrtowcs_s and wcsrtombs_s do not
permit the ps parameter (the pointer to the conversion state) to be a null pointer.
-<a name="K.3.9.3.2.1" href="#K.3.9.3.2.1"><h5>K.3.9.3.2.1 The mbsrtowcs_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.3.2.1" href="#K.3.9.3.2.1">K.3.9.3.2.1 The mbsrtowcs_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 2 -->
<pre>
terminating null character did not occur where required.
</small>
-<a name="K.3.9.3.2.2" href="#K.3.9.3.2.2"><h5>K.3.9.3.2.2 The wcsrtombs_s function</h5></a>
+<h5><a name="K.3.9.3.2.2" href="#K.3.9.3.2.2">K.3.9.3.2.2 The wcsrtombs_s function</a></h5>
<h6>Synopsis</h6>
<p><!--para 11 -->
<pre>
runtime-constraint violation.
</small>
-<a name="L" href="#L"><h2>Annex L</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="L" href="#L">Annex L</a></h2>
<pre>
(normative)
Analyzability</pre>
-<a name="L.1" href="#L.1"><h3>L.1 Scope</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="L.1" href="#L.1">L.1 Scope</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
This annex specifies optional behavior that can aid in the analyzability of C programs.
<p><!--para 2 -->
specifications.
</small>
-<a name="L.2" href="#L.2"><h3>L.2 Definitions</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="L.2" href="#L.2">L.2 Definitions</a></h3>
-<a name="L.2.1" href="#L.2.1"><h4>L.2.1</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="L.2.1" href="#L.2.1">L.2.1</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
out-of-bounds store
an (attempted) access (<a href="#3.1">3.1</a>) that, at run time, for a given computational state, would
modify (or, for an object declared volatile, fetch) one or more bytes that lie outside
the bounds permitted by this Standard.
-<a name="L.2.2" href="#L.2.2"><h4>L.2.2</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="L.2.2" href="#L.2.2">L.2.2</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
bounded undefined behavior
undefined behavior (<a href="#3.4.3">3.4.3</a>) that does not perform an out-of-bounds store.
NOTE 2 Any values produced or stored might be indeterminate values.
-<a name="L.2.3" href="#L.2.3"><h4>L.2.3</h4></a>
+<h4><a name="L.2.3" href="#L.2.3">L.2.3</a></h4>
<p><!--para 1 -->
critical undefined behavior
undefined behavior that is not bounded undefined behavior.
<!--page 667 -->
-<a name="L.3" href="#L.3"><h3>L.3 Requirements</h3></a>
+<h3><a name="L.3" href="#L.3">L.3 Requirements</a></h3>
<p><!--para 1 -->
If the program performs a trap (<a href="#3.19.5">3.19.5</a>), the implementation is permitted to invoke a
runtime-constraint handler. Any such semantics are implementation-defined.
<!--page 668 -->
</ul>
-<a name="Bibliography" href="#Bibliography"><h2>Bibliography</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="Bibliography" href="#Bibliography">Bibliography</a></h2>
<ol>
<li> ''The C Reference Manual'' by Dennis M. Ritchie, a version of which was
published in The C Programming Language by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis
<!--page 671 -->
</ol>
-<a name="Index" href="#Index"><h2>Index</h2></a>
+<h2><a name="Index" href="#Index">Index</a></h2>
<pre>
[^ x ^], <a href="#3.20">3.20</a> , (comma operator), <a href="#5.1.2.4">5.1.2.4</a>, <a href="#6.5.17">6.5.17</a>
, (comma punctuator), <a href="#6.5.2">6.5.2</a>, <a href="#6.7">6.7</a>, <a href="#6.7.2.1">6.7.2.1</a>, <a href="#6.7.2.2">6.7.2.2</a>,
projects / c-standard / blobdiff